Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / S&T Bancorp, Inc.

S&T Bancorp, Inc.

stba · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker stba
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 1206
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · S&T Bancorp, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934

  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934

☒

☐

For the transition period from            to                
Commission file number 0-12508
S&T BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

800 Philadelphia Street

Indiana

PA  

(Address of principal executive offices)

25-1434426
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

15701
(zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (800) 325-2265
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $2.50 per share

Trading Symbol
STBA

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes  ☒     No   ☐

Yes  ☐    No   ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☒

☐ 

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐

☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of
the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.                Yes  ☒    No   ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).        Yes  ☐    No   ☒

 
 
 
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the
common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently
completed second fiscal quarter. The aggregate estimated fair value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as
of June 30, 2020:

Common Stock, $2.50 par value – 899,373,103

The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock as of February 22, 2021:
Common Stock, $2.50 par value –39,293,583

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement of S&T Bancorp, Inc., to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held
May 17, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

Part I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Part II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Part III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Part IV
Item 15.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures

3
14
24
25
26
26

27
29
33
67
69
142
143
144

145
145
145
145
145

146
149

PART I

2

 
Item 1.  BUSINESS

General

S&T Bancorp, Inc. was incorporated on March 17, 1983 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a bank holding company and is
registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve Board, under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended, or the BHCA, as a bank holding company and a financial holding company. S&T Bancorp, Inc. has five active direct wholly-owned subsidiaries
including S&T Bank, 9th Street Holdings, Inc., STBA Capital Trust I, DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital Trust II, and owns a 50 percent interest in
Commonwealth Trust Credit Life Insurance Company, or CTCLIC. DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital Trust II were acquired with the DNB merger on
November 30, 2019. When used in this Report, “S&T”, “we”, “us” or “our” may refer to S&T Bancorp, Inc. individually, S&T Bancorp, Inc. and its
consolidated subsidiaries or certain of S&T Bancorp, Inc.’s subsidiaries or affiliates, depending on the context. As of December 31, 2020, we had
approximately $9.0 billion in assets, $7.2 billion in loans, $7.4 billion in deposits and $1.2 billion in shareholders’ equity.

On November 30, 2019, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 5, 2019 (the “Merger

Agreement”), by and between S&T Bancorp, Inc. (“S&T”) and DNB Financial Corporation (“DNB”), DNB merged with and into S&T (the “Merger”),
with S&T continuing as the surviving corporation. At the effective time of the Merger, each share of the common stock of DNB issued and outstanding was
converted into the right to receive 1.22 shares of S&T common stock. The transaction was valued at $201.0 million and added total assets of $1.1 billion,
including $909.0 million in loans, as well as $967.3 million in deposits.

Immediately following the Merger, DNB First, National Association (“DNB First”), a wholly owned bank subsidiary of DNB, merged with and into
S&T Bank, with S&T Bank as the surviving entity. DNB First was a full service commercial bank providing a wide range of services to individuals and
small to medium sized businesses in the southeastern Pennsylvania market area. DNB First had three wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, Downco, Inc.,
DN Acquisition Company, Inc., and DNB Financial Services, Inc. Effective November 30, 2019, the DNB First subsidiaries were transferred to S&T Bank
with the merger.

S&T Bank is a full-service bank that operates in five markets including Western Pennsylvania, Eastern Pennsylvania, Northeast Ohio, Central Ohio
and Upstate New York. S&T Bank deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, to the maximum extent provided by law.
S&T Bank has six active wholly-owned operating subsidiaries including S&T Insurance Group, LLC, S&T Bancholdings, Inc., Stewart Capital Advisors,
LLC, Downco, Inc., DN Acquisition Company, Inc., and DNB Financial Services, Inc. Effective January 1, 2018, S&T Insurance Group, LLC, sold a
majority interest in its previously wholly-owned subsidiary S&T Evergreen Insurance, LLC.

Through S&T Bank and our non-bank subsidiaries, we offer consumer, commercial and small business banking services, which include accepting time
and demand deposits and originating commercial and consumer loans, brokerage services and trust services including serving as executor and trustee under
wills and deeds and as guardian and custodian of employee benefits. We also manage private investment accounts for individuals and institutions through
our registered investment advisor. Total Wealth Management assets under administration were $2.1 billion at December 31, 2020.

The main office of both S&T Bancorp, Inc. and S&T Bank is located at 800 Philadelphia Street, Indiana, Pennsylvania, and our phone number is (800)

325-2265.

Human Capital Management

As part of our mission to become the financial services provider of choice within the markets that we serve, we strive to employ talented people who

are based in these communities and are dedicated to providing the best financial products and services to our customers. Our commitment to every
customer starts with a talented team. To attract and retain our talented team we strive to make S&T an inclusive, safe and healthy workplace that provides
our employees with opportunities to grow and develop. We consider our employees to be the bedrock of the company and instrumental in assisting our
customers address the challenges facing our markets, in particular, during the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 and beyond. As of December 31, 2020, we had
approximately 1,174 full time equivalent employees.

Our Team and Culture

Our team strives to embody values to encourage a culture that has enabled us to be named a top workplace. The specific words or phrases that serve as the
basis for our culture and values are as follows:

•
•
•
•

Serve Our Customers
Challenge the Status Quo
Communicate
Empower Employees

3

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

• Work as a Team
•
Trust Each Other
• Develop People
•
Reward Success
• Measure Results
•

Support Our Communities

Diversity and Inclusion

S&T Bank fosters a diverse work culture where employees work together to better our company, services and community. We are committed to

promoting a diverse workforce and developing all people through:

•
•
•

Equal Opportunity Employment
Educating our employees
Fostering a culture to address customers’ needs

Talent Development and Training

Our Corporate Training Department maintains oversight of all training to ensure that it is implemented and monitored properly and encourages career
development for our employees. Our training program offers a blended learning approach comprised of classroom and online course delivery. In 2020, we
converted to online webinars and learning management system delivery for all regulatory, compliance, skill-based, technology, leadership and career
development training. In 2020, our employees logged nearly 53,000 training hours, consistent with 2019 and 2018.

Safety, Health and Wellness

The safety, health and wellness of our employees is a top priority. We offer our employees and their families access to a variety of flexible and
convenient health and welfare programs that provide resources to help them maintain and/or improve their physical and mental health. We also have a
financial wellness program that assists our employees and their families with budgeting and various personal financial content consisting of an online
personal financial program and internally produced webinars.

Beginning in March 2020, we aggressively developed a plan to mitigate the potential risks and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on S&T and to

promote the health and safety of our employees and the customers and communities that we serve. We have taken preventive health measures for our
employees through rigorous sanitation, social distancing, wearing masks and remote working where feasible. We provided COVID-19 incentive pay to
employees who were not able to work remote and funded an ongoing childcare assistance program to supplement childcare costs during this time. We also
amended our defined contribution plan to allow eligible COVID-19 related withdrawals under the CARES Act. In addition, we employ extensive safety
measures at our branches and encourage our customers to use our online and mobile banking solutions. Our solution center hours have been extended to
allow for customer consultation without entering a branch. Much of this plan has continued into 2021.

Access to United States Securities and Exchange Commission Filings

All of our reports filed electronically with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including this Annual Report on Form

10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, our prior annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K
and our annual proxy statements, as well as any amendments to those reports, are accessible at no cost on our website at www.stbancorp.com under
Financial Information, SEC Filings. These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The charters of the Audit Committee, the
Compensation and Benefits Committee, the Credit Risk Committee, the Executive Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the
Risk Committee and the Trust and Revenue Oversight Committee, as well as the Complaints Regarding Accounting, Internal Accounting Controls or
Auditing Matters ("Whistleblower Policy"), the Code of Conduct for the CEO and CFO, the General Code of Conduct, the Shareholder Communications
Policy, and the Corporate Governance Guidelines are also available at www.stbancorp.com under Corporate Governance.

4

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

Supervision and Regulation

General

S&T is extensively regulated under federal and state law. Regulation of bank holding companies and banks is intended primarily for the protection of

consumers, depositors, borrowers, the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund, or DIF, and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of
shareholders or creditors. The following describes certain aspects of that regulation and does not purport to be a complete description of all regulations that
affect S&T, or all aspects of any regulation discussed here. To the extent statutory or regulatory provisions are described, the description is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, has had and will continue to have a
broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes addressing, among other things: (i) enhanced
resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (ii) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (iii) increased regulatory
examination fees; (iv) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; (v) enhanced corporate governance and executive
compensation requirements and disclosures; and (vi) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety
and soundness for, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the
financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal
Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC. While certain requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act have been
implemented, these regulations are subject to continuing interpretation and potential amendment, and a variety of the requirements remain to be
implemented. Given the continued uncertainty associated with the ongoing implementation of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act by the various
regulatory agencies, including the manner in which the remaining provisions will be implemented and the interpretation of and potential amendments to
existing regulations, the full extent of the impact of such requirements on financial institutions’ operations is unclear. The continuing changes resulting
from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, increase our operating
and compliance costs, or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and
resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

In addition, proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently raised in Congress, in state legislatures and
before the various bank regulatory agencies that may impact S&T. Such initiatives to change the laws and regulations may include proposals to expand or
contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system.
Any such legislation could change bank statutes and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could
affect how S&T and S&T Bank operate and could significantly increase costs, impede the efficiency of internal business processes, limit our ability to
pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner, or affect the competitive balance among banks, credit unions and other financial institutions, any of
which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The likelihood and timing of any changes and the
impact such changes might have on S&T is impossible to determine with any certainty.

S&T

We are a bank holding company subject to regulation under the BHCA and the examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve Board.

Under the BHCA, a bank holding company may not directly or indirectly acquire ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares or
substantially all of the assets of any additional bank, or merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, without the prior approval of the Federal
Reserve Board.

As a bank holding company, we are expected under statutory and regulatory provisions to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to our

subsidiary bank. A bank holding company is also expected to commit resources, including capital and other funds, to support its subsidiary bank.

5

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

We elected to become a financial holding company under the BHCA in 2001 and thereby may engage in a broader range of financial activities than are
permissible for traditional bank holding companies. In order to maintain our status as a financial holding company, we must remain “well-capitalized” and
“well-managed” and the depository institutions controlled by us must remain “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” (as defined in federal law) and have at
least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, rating. Refer to Note 26 Regulatory Matters to the Consolidated Financial Statements
contained in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for information concerning the current capital ratios of S&T and S&T Bank. No prior regulatory approval is
required for a financial holding company with total consolidated assets less than $50 billion to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association,
engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board, unless
the total consolidated assets to be acquired exceed $10 billion. The BHCA identifies several activities as “financial in nature” including, among others,
securities underwriting; dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and sales agency;
investment advisory activities; merchant banking activities and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking.
Banks may also engage in, subject to limitations on investment, activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting, insurance company
portfolio investment, real estate development and real estate investment, through a financial subsidiary of the bank, if the bank is “well-capitalized,” “well-
managed” and has at least a “satisfactory” CRA rating.

If S&T or S&T Bank ceases to be “well-capitalized” or “well-managed,” we will not be in compliance with the requirements of the BHCA regarding

financial holding companies or requirements regarding the operation of financial subsidiaries by insured banks.

If a financial holding company is notified by the Federal Reserve Board of such a change in the ratings of any of its subsidiary banks, it must take
certain corrective actions within specified time frames. Furthermore, if S&T Bank was to receive a CRA rating of less than “satisfactory,” then we would
be prohibited from engaging in certain new activities or acquiring companies engaged in certain financial activities until the rating is raised to
“satisfactory” or better.

We are presently engaged in non-banking activities through the following eight entities:

•

•

•

•

•

th
9  Street Holdings, Inc. was formed in June 1988 to hold and manage a group of investments previously owned by S&T Bank and to give
us additional latitude to purchase other investments.
S&T Bancholdings, Inc. was formed in August 2002 to hold and manage a group of investments previously owned by S&T Bank and to
give us additional latitude to purchase other investments.
CTCLIC is a joint venture with another financial institution, and acts as a reinsurer of credit life, accident and health insurance policies that
were sold by S&T Bank and the other institution. S&T Bank and the other institution each have ownership interests of 50 percent in
CTCLIC.
S&T Insurance Group, LLC distributes life insurance and long-term disability income insurance products. During 2001, S&T Insurance
Group, LLC and Attorneys Abstract Company, Inc. entered into an agreement to form S&T Settlement Services, LLC, or STSS, with
respective ownership interests of 55 percent and 45 percent. STSS is a title insurance agency servicing commercial customers. During 2002,
S&T Insurance Group, LLC expanded into the property and casualty insurance business with the acquisition of S&T Evergreen Insurance,
LLC. On January 1, 2018, we sold a 70 percent majority interest in the assets of our subsidiary, S&T Evergreen Insurance, LLC. We
transferred our remaining 30 percent share of net assets from S&T Evergreen Insurance, LLC to a new entity for a 30 percent partnership
interest in a new insurance entity.
Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC was formed in August 2005 and is a registered investment advisor that manages private investment accounts
for individuals and institutions.

• DNB Financial Services, Inc. was acquired with the DNB First merger on November 30, 2019. DNB Financial Services, Inc. is a

Pennsylvania licensed insurance agency, which, through a third-party marketing agreement with Cetera Investment Services, LLC, sells a
variety of insurance and investments products.

• Downco, Inc and DN Acquisition Company, Inc. were acquired with the DNB First merger on November 30, 2019. Downco, Inc. and DN
Acquisition Company, Inc. were formed to acquire and hold Other Real Estate Owned acquired through foreclosure or deed in-lieu-of
foreclosure, as well as Bank-occupied real estate.

S&T Bank

As a Pennsylvania-chartered, FDIC-insured non-member commercial bank, S&T Bank is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Pennsylvania

Department of Banking and Securities, or PADBS, and the FDIC. We are also subject to various requirements and restrictions under federal and state law,
including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types, amount and terms and conditions of loans that may be granted and
limits on the types of other activities in which S&T Bank may engage and the investments it may make. In addition, pursuant to the federal Bank Merger
Act, S&T Bank must obtain the prior approval of the FDIC before it can merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the deposit liabilities of
another bank.

6

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

S&T Bank is subject to affiliate transaction rules in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board's
Regulation W, that limit the amount of transactions between itself and S&T or any other company or entity that controls or is under common control with
any company or entity that controls S&T Bank, including for most purposes any financial or depository institution subsidiary of S&T Bank. Under these
provisions, “covered” transactions, including making loans, purchasing assets, issuing guarantees and other similar transactions, between a bank and its
parent company or any other affiliate, generally are limited to 10 percent of the bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus, and with respect to all transactions
with affiliates, are limited to 20 percent of the bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus. Loans and extensions of credit from a bank to an affiliate generally are
required to be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts, and in general all affiliated transactions must be on terms consistent with safe and sound
banking practices. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the affiliate transaction rules to broaden the definition of affiliate to include as covered transactions
securities borrowing or lending, repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements and derivative activities, and to strengthen collateral requirements and limit
Federal Reserve exemptive authority.

Federal law also constrains the types and amounts of loans that S&T Bank may make to its executive officers, directors and principal shareholders.
Among other things, these loans are limited in amount, must be approved by the bank’s board of directors in advance, and must be on terms and conditions
as favorable to the bank as those available to an unrelated person. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthened restrictions on loans to insiders and expanded the
types of transactions subject to the various limits to include credit exposure arising from a derivative transaction, a repurchase or reverse repurchase
agreement and a securities lending or borrowing transaction. The Dodd-Frank Act also placed restrictions on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an
institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.

Insurance of Accounts; Depositor Preference

The deposits of S&T Bank are insured up to applicable limits per insured depositor by the DIF, as administered by the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act

codified FDIC deposit insurance coverage per separately insured depositor for all account types at $250,000.

As an FDIC-insured bank, S&T Bank is subject to FDIC insurance assessments, which are imposed based upon the calculated risk the institution poses

to the DIF. In July 2016, the FDIC Board of Directors adopted a revised final rule to refine the deposit insurance assessment system for small insured
depository institutions (less than $10 billion in assets) that have been federally insured for at least five years by: revising the financial ratios method for
determining assessment rates so that it is based on a statistical model estimating the probability of failure over three years; updating the financial measures
used in the financial ratios method consistent with the statistical model; and eliminating risk categories for established small banks and using the financial
ratios method to determine assessment rates for all such banks. The amended FDIC insurance assessment benefits many small institutions with a lower rate;
we, however, have incurred a minimal increase to our base rate due to our recent financial performance.

Under the current assessment system, for an institution with less than $10 billion in assets, assessment rates are determined based on a combination of

financial ratios and CAMELS composite ratings. The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time, at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to
certain limits. Under the current system, premiums are assessed quarterly. Assessments are calculated as a percentage of average consolidated total assets
less average tangible equity during the assessment period. The current total base assessment rates on an annualized basis range from 1.5 basis points for
certain “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” banks, with the highest ratings, to 40 basis points for complex institutions posing the most risk to the DIF. The
FDIC may raise or lower these assessment rates on a quarterly basis based on various factors designed to achieve a minimum designated reserve ratio of the
DIF, which the Dodd-Frank Act has mandated to be no less than 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits, subsequently set at two percent by the FDIC.
The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in

unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or
condition imposed by the FDIC or the Federal Reserve Board. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process if the
institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of termination, less subsequent
withdrawals, will continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC.

Under federal law, deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against insured depository institutions are
afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including federal funds and letters of credit, in the liquidation or other
resolution of such an institution by a receiver. Such priority creditors would include the FDIC.

7

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

Capital

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued substantially similar minimum risk-based and leverage capital rules applicable to the banking

organizations they supervise. At December 31, 2020, both S&T and S&T Bank met the applicable minimum regulatory capital requirements.

The following table summarizes the leverage and risk-based capital ratios for S&T and S&T Bank:

(dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2020
Leverage Ratio

S&T
S&T Bank

Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

Actual

Minimum
Regulatory Capital
Requirements

To be
Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

$

825,515 
810,636 

9.43 %
9.27 %

$

350,311 
349,739 

796,515 
810,636 

825,515 
810,636 

944,686 
922,007 

11.33 %
11.55 %

11.74 %
11.55 %

13.44 %
13.14 %

316,338 
315,792 

421,784 
421,056 

562,379 
561,408 

4.00 %
4.00 %

4.50 %
4.50 %

6.00 %
6.00 %

8.00 %
8.00 %

$

437,889 
437,174 

456,933 
456,144 

562,379 
561,408 

702,974 
701,760 

5.00 %
5.00 %

6.50 %
6.50 %

8.00 %
8.00 %

10.00 %
10.00 %

In addition, the banking regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum prescribed

levels, whether because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.

The risk-based capital standards establish a systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences

in risk profiles among banking organizations, takes off-balance sheet exposures explicitly into account in assessing capital adequacy and minimizes
disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets. For purposes of the risk-based ratios, assets and specified off-balance sheet instruments are assigned to
broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-
balance sheet items. The leverage ratio represents capital as a percentage of total average assets adjusted as specified in the guidelines.

In July 2013 the federal banking agencies issued final regulatory capital rules that replaced the then existing general risk-based capital and related

rules, broadly revising the basic definitions and elements of regulatory capital and making substantial changes to the risk weightings for banking and
trading book assets. The new regulatory capital rules are designed to implement Basel III (which were agreements reached in July 2010 by the international
oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision to require more and higher-quality capital) as well as the minimum leverage and risk-based
capital requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. These new capital standards apply to all banks, regardless of size, and to all bank holding companies with
consolidated assets greater than $500 million and became effective on January 1, 2015. For smaller banking organizations such as S&T and S&T Bank, the
rules are subject to a transition period providing for full implementation as of January 1, 2019.

The required regulatory capital minimum ratios under the new capital standards as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

•
•
•
•

Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (common equity Tier 1 capital to standardized total risk-weighted assets) of 4.50 percent;
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (Tier 1 capital to standardized total risk-weighted assets) of 6.00 percent;
Total risk-based capital ratio (total capital to standardized total risk-weighted assets) of 8.00 percent; and
Leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets less amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital) of 4.00 percent.

Generally, under the guidelines, common equity Tier 1 capital consists of common stock instruments that meet the eligibility criteria in the rule,
retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and common equity Tier 1 minority interest, less applicable regulatory adjustments and
deductions including goodwill, intangible assets subject to limitation and certain deferred tax assets subject to limitation. Tier 1 capital is comprised of
common equity Tier 1 capital plus generally non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Tier 1 minority interests and, for bank holding companies with less
than $15 billion in consolidated assets at December 31, 2009, certain restricted capital instruments including qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred
stock and grandfathered trust preferred securities, up to a limit of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital, less applicable regulatory adjustments and deductions. Tier 2,
or supplementary, capital generally includes portions of trust preferred securities

8

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

and cumulative perpetual preferred stock not otherwise counted in Tier 1 capital, as well as preferred stock, subordinated debt, total capital minority
interests not included in Tier 1, and the allowance for credit losses, or ACL, in an amount not exceeding 1.25 percent of standardized risk-weighted assets,
less applicable regulatory adjustments and deductions. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.

The new regulatory capital rule also requires a banking organization to maintain a capital conservation buffer composed of common equity Tier 1
capital in an amount greater than 2.50 percent of total risk-weighted assets beginning in 2019. Beginning in 2016, the capital conservation buffer was
phased in, beginning at 25 percent, increasing to 50 percent in 2017, 75 percent in 2018 and 100 percent in 2019 and beyond. As a result, starting in 2019, a
banking organization must maintain a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio greater than 7.00 percent, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio greater than
8.50 percent and a Total risk-based capital ratio greater than 10.50 percent; otherwise, it will be subject to restrictions on capital distributions and
discretionary bonus payments. The new rule was fully phased in during 2019 and the minimum capital requirements plus the capital conservation buffer
exceed the regulatory capital ratios required for an insured depository institution to be well-capitalized under prompt corrective action law, described in
"Other Safety and Soundness Regulations".

The new regulatory capital rule also revises the calculation of risk-weighted assets. It includes a new framework under which the risk weight will
increase for most credit exposures that are 90 days or more past due or on nonaccrual, high-volatility commercial real estate loans, mortgage servicing and
deferred tax assets that are not deducted from capital and certain equity exposures. It also includes changes to the credit conversion factors of off-balance
sheet items, such as the unused portion of a loan commitment.

Federal regulators periodically propose amendments to the regulatory capital rules and the related regulatory framework and consider changes to the

capital standards that could significantly increase the amount of capital needed to meet applicable standards. The timing of adoption, ultimate form and
effect of any such proposed amendments cannot be predicted.

Payment of Dividends

S&T is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. A substantial portion of our revenues consist of dividend payments

we receive from S&T Bank. The payment of common dividends by S&T is subject to certain requirements and limitations of Pennsylvania law. S&T Bank,
in turn, is subject to federal and state laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay to S&T. In addition, both S&T and S&T Bank are
subject to various general regulatory policies relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory
minimums. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only if (i) the organization’s net income
available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention
appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In connection with our reduced net income and our
inability to fully fund the dividend from earnings over the prior year, due in substantial part to the customer fraud that occurred in the second quarter of
2020, we received non-objection letters from the Federal Reserve to continue to pay our dividends declared in the third and fourth quarter of 2020. Thus,
under certain circumstances based upon our financial condition, our ability to declare and pay quarterly dividends may require consultation with the Federal
Reserve Board and may be prohibited by applicable Federal Reserve Board guidance.

9

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations

There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies such as us and our depository institution subsidiary by federal

law and regulatory policy. These obligations and restrictions are designed to reduce potential loss exposure to the FDIC’s DIF in the event an insured
depository institution becomes in danger of default or is in default. Under current federal law, for example, the federal banking agencies possess broad
powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. The extent of these powers depends upon whether the
institution in question is “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,”
as defined by the law. As of December 31, 2020, S&T Bank was classified as “well-capitalized.” New definitions of these categories, as set forth in the
federal banking agencies’ final rule to implement Basel III and the minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act, became
effective as of January 1, 2015. To be well-capitalized, an insured depository institution must have a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at
least 6.50 percent, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.00 percent, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.00 percent and a leverage ratio of at
least 5.00 percent, and the institution must not be subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive by its
primary federal regulator. To be adequately capitalized, an insured depository institution must have a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at
least 4.50 percent, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.00 percent, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.00 percent and a leverage ratio of at
least 4.00 percent. The classification of depository institutions is primarily for the purpose of applying the federal banking agencies’ prompt corrective
action provisions and is not intended to be and should not be interpreted as a representation of overall financial condition or prospects of any financial
institution.

The federal banking agencies’ prompt corrective action powers, which increase depending upon the degree to which an institution is undercapitalized,
can include, among other things, requiring an insured depository institution to adopt a capital restoration plan, which cannot be approved unless guaranteed
by the institution’s parent company; placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities, including restrictions on transactions with affiliates;
restricting the interest rates the institution may pay on deposits; restricting the institution from accepting brokered deposits; prohibiting the payment of
principal or interest on subordinated debt; prohibiting the holding company from making capital distributions, including payment of dividends, without
prior regulatory approval; and, ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.

The federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards relating to internal controls and information

systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, fees and compensation and benefits. In
general, the guidelines require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage specified risks and exposures. The guidelines prohibit excessive
compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and characterize compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate
to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. In addition, the agencies have adopted regulations that
authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not in compliance with any of such safety
and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, the agency
must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an “undercapitalized”
institution is subject under the prompt corrective action provisions described above.

Regulatory Enforcement Authority

The enforcement powers available to federal banking agencies are substantial and include, among other things and in addition to other powers
described herein, the ability to assess civil money penalties and impose other civil and criminal penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders, to
appoint a conservator to conserve the assets of an institution for the benefit of its depositors and creditors and to initiate injunctive actions against banks
and bank holding companies and “institution affiliated parties,” as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. In general, these enforcement actions may
be initiated for violations of laws and regulations, and engagement in unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for
enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.

At the state level, the PADBS also has broad enforcement powers over S&T Bank, including the power to impose fines and other penalties and to

appoint a conservator or receiver.

Interstate Banking and Branching

The BHCA currently permits bank holding companies from any state to acquire banks and bank holding companies located in any other state, subject

to certain conditions, including certain nationwide and state-imposed deposit concentration limits. In addition, because of changes to law made by the
Dodd-Frank Act, S&T Bank may now establish de novo branches in any state to the same extent that a bank chartered in that state could establish a branch.

10

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

Community Reinvestment, Fair Lending and Consumer Protection Laws

In connection with its lending activities, S&T Bank is subject to a number of state and federal laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending
to various sectors of the economy and population. The federal laws include, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth-in-Lending Act, the
Truth-in-Savings Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the CRA. In
addition, federal rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent the disclosure of certain
personal information to nonaffiliated third parties.

The CRA requires the appropriate federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the bank’s record in meeting the
credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. Furthermore, such assessment is required of any
bank that has applied, among other things, to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an insured depository institution, or
to open or relocate a branch office. In the case of a bank holding company, including a financial holding company, applying for approval to acquire a bank
or bank holding company, the Federal Reserve Board will assess the record of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company in considering
the application. Under the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “unsatisfactory.” S&T Bank was
rated “satisfactory” in its most recent CRA evaluation.

With respect to consumer protection, the Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the CFPB, which took over
rulemaking responsibility on July 21, 2011 for the principal federal consumer financial protection laws, such as those identified above. Institutions that
have assets of $10 billion or less, such as S&T Bank, are subject to the rules established by the CFPB but will continue to be supervised in this area by their
state and primary federal regulators, which in the case of S&T Bank is the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act also gives the CFPB expanded data collection
powers for fair lending purposes for both small business and mortgage loans, as well as expanded authority to prevent unfair, deceptive and abusive
practices. The consumer complaint function also has been consolidated into the CFPB with respect to the institutions it supervises. The CFPB established
an Office of Community Banks and Credit Unions, with a mission to ensure that the CFPB incorporates the perspectives of small depository institutions
into the policy-making process, communicates relevant policy initiatives to community banks and credit unions, and works with community banks and
credit unions to identify potential areas for regulatory simplification.

Fair lending laws prohibit discrimination in the provision of banking services, and the enforcement of these laws has been a focus for bank regulators.

Fair lending laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, which outlaw discrimination in credit transactions and residential
real estate on the basis of prohibited factors including, among others, race, color, national origin, sex and religion. A lender may be liable for policies that
result in a disparate treatment of or have a disparate impact on a protected class of applicants or borrowers. If a pattern or practice of lending discrimination
is alleged by a regulator, then that agency may refer the matter to the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, for investigation. In December of 2012, the DOJ
and the CFPB entered into a Memorandum of Understanding under which the agencies have agreed to share information, coordinate investigations and
have generally committed to strengthen their coordination efforts. S&T Bank is required to have a fair lending program that is of sufficient scope to
monitor the inherent fair lending risk of the institution and that appropriately remediates issues which are identified.

During 2013, the CFPB issued a series of final rules related to mortgage loan origination and mortgage loan servicing. In particular, on January 10,
2013, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing the ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage (QM) provisions of the Truth-in-Lending Act, as amended by
the Dodd-Frank Act (“QM Rule”). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good-faith determinations that borrowers are able
to repay their mortgage loans before extending the credit, based on a number of factors and consideration of financial information about the borrower from
reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to
a presumption that the lender satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for prime loans meeting
the QM requirements, and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced/subprime loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a QM incorporates
the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43
percent debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM definition, though some mortgages that meet government-sponsored enterprise, or
GSE, Federal Housing Administration, or FHA, and Veterans Affairs, or VA, underwriting guidelines may, for a period not to exceed seven years, meet the
QM definition without being subject to the 43 percent debt-to-income limits. The QM Rule became effective on January 10, 2014. These rules did not have
a material impact on our mortgage business.

11

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

In November 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing the Dodd-Frank Act requirement to establish integrated disclosures in connection with

mortgage origination, which incorporates disclosure requirements under the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Truth-in-Lending Act. The
requirements of the final rule apply to all covered mortgage transactions for which S&T Bank receives a consumer application on or after October 3, 2015.
The CFPB issued a final rule regarding the integrated disclosures in December 2013, and the disclosure requirement became effective in October 2015.
These rules did not have a material impact on our mortgage business.

Anti-Money Laundering Rules

S&T Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act, its implementing regulations and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA

Patriot Act of 2001. Among other things, these laws and regulations require S&T Bank to take steps to prevent the bank from being used to facilitate the
flow of illegal or illicit money, to report large currency transactions and to file suspicious activity reports. S&T Bank is also required to develop and
implement a comprehensive anti-money laundering compliance program. Banks must also have in place appropriate “know your customer” policies and
procedures which includes requirements to (1) identify and verify, subject to certain exceptions, the identity of the beneficial owners of all legal entity
customers at the time a new account is opened, and (2) include in its anti-money laundering program, risk-based procedures for conducting ongoing
customer due diligence, which are to include procedures that (a) assist in understanding the nature and purpose of customer relationships for the purpose of
developing a customer risk profile, and (b) require ongoing monitoring to identify and report suspicious transactions and, on a risk basis, to maintain and
update customer information. Violations of these requirements can result in substantial civil and criminal sanctions. In addition, provisions of the USA
Patriot Act of 2001 require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money
laundering activities when considering applications for bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions.

Other Dodd-Frank Provisions

In December 2013, federal regulators adopted final regulations regarding the Volcker Rule established in the Dodd-Frank Act. The Volcker Rule

generally prohibits banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and sponsoring certain unregistered investment
companies generally covering hedge funds and private equity funds, subject to certain exemptions. Banking entities had until July 21, 2017 to conform
their activities to the requirements of the rule. Because S&T generally does not engage in the activities prohibited by the Volcker Rule, the effectiveness of
the rule has not had a material effect on S&T Bank or its affiliates.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the amount of any interchange fee charged for electronic debit transactions by debit card issuers having

assets over $10 billion must be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a rule
which limits the maximum permissible interchange fees that such issuers can receive for an electronic debit transaction. This rule, Regulation II, which was
effective October 1, 2011, does not apply to a bank that, together with its affiliates, has less than $10 billion in assets, which includes S&T.

Competition

S&T Bank competes with other local, regional and national financial services providers, such as other financial holding companies, commercial banks,

credit unions, finance companies and brokerage and insurance firms, including competitors that provide their products and services online and through
mobile devices. Some of our competitors are not subject to the same level of regulation and oversight that is required of banks and bank holding companies
and are thus able to operate under lower cost structures. Our wealth management business competes with trust companies, mutual fund companies,
investment advisory firms, law firms, brokerage firms and other financial services companies.

Changes in bank regulation, such as changes in the products and services banks can offer and permitted involvement in non-banking activities by bank
holding companies, as well as bank mergers and acquisitions, can affect our ability to compete with other financial services providers. Our ability to do so
will depend upon how successfully we can respond to the evolving competitive, regulatory, technological and demographic developments affecting our
operations.

12

Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS -- continued

Our customers are primarily in Pennsylvania and the contiguous states of Ohio, West Virginia, New York, Maryland and Delaware. The majority of our

commercial and consumer loans are made to businesses and individuals in these states resulting in a geographic concentration. Our market area has a high
density of financial institutions, some of which are significantly larger institutions with greater financial resources than us, and many of which are our
competitors to varying degrees. Our competition for loans comes principally from commercial banks, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, online
lenders and other financial service companies. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks and credit unions.
We face additional competition for deposits from non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms and
insurance companies. Because larger competitors have advantages in attracting business from larger corporations, we do not generally attempt to compete
for that business. Instead, we concentrate our efforts on attracting the business of individuals, and small and medium-size businesses. We consider our
competitive advantages to be customer service and responsiveness to customer needs, the convenience of banking offices and hours, access to electronic
banking services and the availability and pricing of our customized banking solutions. We emphasize personalized banking and the advantage of local
decision-making in our banking business.

The financial services industry is likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial
services on a more efficient and convenient basis. Technological innovations have lowered traditional barriers to entry and enabled many companies to
compete in financial services markets. Many customers now expect a choice of banking options for the delivery of services, including traditional banking
offices, telephone, internet, mobile, ATMs, self-service branches, in-store branches and/or digital and technology based solutions. These delivery channels
are offered by traditional banks and savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, asset management groups, financial technology companies,
finance and insurance companies, internet-based companies, and mortgage banking firms.

13

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS

Investments in our common stock involve risk. The following discussion highlights the risks that we believe are material to S&T, potentially impacting our
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. However, other factors not discussed below or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form
10-K could adversely affect our businesses, results of operations and financial condition. Therefore, the risk factors below do necessarily include all risks
that we may face.

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic

The duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, in our principal area of operations, nationally and globally, has adversely impacted and
will likely continue to adversely impact S&T’s business, results of operations and financial condition. While it is difficult to predict the further
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic (or any other outbreak) on the economy and S&T, the future impacts may include, but are not limited to, the
following:

• Our results of operations may continue to be negatively impacted by general economic or business conditions and uncertainty, including the

•
•

strength of economic conditions in our principal area of operations impacting the demand for our products and services.
The low interest rate environment will continue to negatively impact our net interest income and net interest margin.
Credit losses may be higher and our provision for credit losses may continue to increase, due to deterioration in the financial condition of S&T’s
commercial and consumer loan customers.

• Declining asset and collateral values may necessitate increases in our provision for credit losses and net charge-offs.
•
•

Continued negative impact on the hospitality industry and our hotel portfolio, which could result in additional credit losses and net charge-offs.
Expense management will be impacted by the uncertainty of the effects of the pandemic and S&T’s continued efforts to promote the health and
safety of our employees, and the customers and communities we serve.

• We may have an interruption or cessation of an important service provided by a third-party provider.
•
• Any new or revised regulations regarding capital and liquidity adopted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may require us to maintain

S&T’s liquidity and regulatory capital could be adversely impacted.

•

•

materially more capital or liquidity.
Investors may have less confidence in the equity markets in general and in financial services industry in particular, which could have a negative
impact on S&T’s stock price and resulting market valuation.
The economic downturn caused by the pandemic may be deeper and last longer in the areas where we do business, relative to other areas of the
country, which could negatively affect our relative financial performance.

• We face heightened cyber security risk in connection with our operation in a remote working environment.
•

It may become harder to maintain our corporate culture, which is somewhat dependent on a level of in-person interaction.

Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy will likely require time to recover. It is uncertain how long this recovery will take. As

a result, we anticipate our business may be adversely affected during this recovery.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic continues to adversely affect the global economy it may also increase the likelihood and/or magnitude of other

risks described in this section.

The impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on S&T’s credit losses is uncertain, and continued economic uncertainty and deterioration in
the forward looking economic forecasts used to estimate credit losses, as well as the potential inability of our credit models to accurately predict
the relevant financial metrics, may adversely affect our ACL.

S&T calculates the ACL in accordance with Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, accounting standard adopted January 1, 2020. The CECL

methodology reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broad range of reasonable and supportable information to form credit loss
estimates. The CECL accounting standard bases the measurement of expected credit losses on historical loss experience, current conditions and reasonable
and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. S&T’s ability to assess expected credit losses may be impaired if the models
and approaches we use become less predictive of future behaviors. In particular, the reliance on supportable economic forecasts in light of the COVID-19
pandemic has had and is expected to have an impact on the estimates of our ACL. These forecasts have deteriorated this year and continue to reflect
adverse economic conditions and economic uncertainty. Given the unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, if our credit models fail to adequately
predict or forecast relevant financial metrics during and after the pandemic and these forecasts deteriorate and contain economic uncertainty, our ACL may
be adversely affected.

14

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

Risks Related to Fraudulent Activity

Fraudulent activity associated with our products and services could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and stock price,
negatively impact our brand and reputation, and result in regulatory intervention or sanctions.

As a financial institution we are exposed to operational risk in the form of fraudulent activity that may be committed by customers, other third parties,
or employees, targeting us and our customers. The risk of fraud continues to increase for the financial services industry. Fraudulent activity has escalated,
become more sophisticated, and continues to evolve, as there are more options to access financial services. In our Form 8-K filed May 26, 2020, we
disclosed that we discovered customer fraud resulting from a check kiting scheme by a business customer of S&T. We recognized a pre-tax loss of $58.7
million during the second quarter of 2020 related to this customer fraud. As a result of our internal review of the fraud, we have made process and
monitoring enhancements. While we believe we have operational risk controls in place to prevent or detect future instances of fraud or to mitigate the
impact of any fraud, we cannot provide assurance that we can prevent or detect fraud or that we will not experience future fraud losses or incur costs or
other damage related to such fraud, at levels that adversely affect our results of operation, financial condition, or stock price. Furthermore, fraudulent
activity could negatively impact our brand and reputation, which could also adversely affect our results of operation, financial condition, or stock price.
Fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention or regulatory sanctions.

Risks Related to Credit

Our ability to assess the credit-worthiness of our customers may diminish, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

We incur credit risk by virtue of making loans and extending loan commitments and letters of credit. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks.

Our exposure to credit risk is managed through the use of consistent underwriting standards that emphasize “in-market” lending while avoiding excessive
industry and other concentrations. Our credit administration function employs risk management techniques to ensure that loans adhere to corporate policy
and problem loans are promptly identified. There can be no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding undue credit risk. If the models and
approaches that we use to select, manage and underwrite our consumer and commercial loan products become less predictive of future charge-offs, due to
events adversely affecting our customers, including rapid changes in the economy, we may have higher credit losses.

The value of the collateral used to secure our loans may not be sufficient to compensate for the amount of an unpaid loans and we may be
unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balances from our customers.

Decreases in real estate values, particularly with respect to our commercial lending and mortgage activities, could adversely affect the value of
property used as collateral for our loans and our customers’ ability to repay these loans, which in turn could impact our profitability. Repayment of our
commercial loans is often dependent on the cash flow of the borrower, which may become unpredictable. If the value of the assets, such as real estate,
serving as collateral for the loan portfolio were to decline materially, a significant part of the loan portfolio could become under-collateralized. If the loans
that are secured by real estate become troubled when real estate market conditions are declining or have declined, in the event of foreclosure, we may not
be able to realize the amount of collateral that was anticipated at the time of originating the loan. This could result in higher charge-offs which could have a
material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Changes in the overall credit quality of our portfolio can have a significant impact on our earnings.

Like other lenders, we face the risk that our customers will not repay their loans. We reserve for losses in our loan portfolio based on our assessment of

inherent credit losses. This process, which is critical to our financial results and condition, requires complex judgment including our assessment of
economic conditions, which are difficult to predict. Through a periodic review of the loan portfolio, management determines the amount of the ACL by
considering historical losses combined with qualitative factors including changes in lending policies and practices, economic conditions, changes in the
loan portfolio, changes in lending management, results of internal loan reviews, asset quality trends, collateral values, concentrations of credit risk and
other external factors. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest
rates, which may be beyond our control. Although we have policies and procedures in place to determine future losses, due to the subjective nature of this
area, there can be no assurance that our management has accurately assessed the level of allowances reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements. We
may underestimate our inherent losses and fail to hold an ACL sufficient to account for these losses. Incorrect assumptions could lead to material
underestimates of inherent losses and an inadequate ACL. As our assessment of inherent losses changes, we may need to increase or decrease our ACL,
which could significantly impact our financial results and profitability.

15

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

The adoption of ASU No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, referred to as CECL, effective for us on January 1,
2020, resulted in a significant change in how we recognize credit losses. If the assumptions or estimates we used in adopting the new standard are
incorrect or we need to change our underlying assumptions, there may be a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial
condition.

Effective January 1, 2020, we adopted CECL, which replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current U.S. generally accepted accounting

principles, or GAAP, with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable
information to form credit loss estimates. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on historical loss experience, current conditions and
reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is
first added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the incurred loss model which delayed recognition until it was
probable a loss had been incurred. Upon origination of a loan, the estimate of expected credit losses, and any subsequent changes to such estimate, will be
recorded through provision for credit losses in our consolidated statement of income. The CECL model may create more volatility in the level of our ACL.
The CECL model permits the use of judgment in determining the approach that is most appropriate for us, based on facts and circumstances. Changes
in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding our loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an
increase in the ACL. Actual credit losses may exceed our estimate of expected losses. We will continue to periodically review and update our CECL
methodology, models and the underlying assumptions, estimates and assessments we use to establish our ACL under the CECL standard to reflect our view
of current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. We will implement further enhancements or changes to our methodology, models and the
underlying assumptions, estimates and assessments, as needed. If the assumptions we used in developing our estimate of expected credit losses require
updating over time, there may be a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

For additional information on our adoption of the CECL standard, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

Operations”.

Our loan portfolio is concentrated within our market area, and our lack of geographic diversification increases our risk profile.

The regional economic conditions within our market area affect the demand for our products and services as well as the ability of our customers to

repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. A significant decline in the regional economy caused by inflation, recession,
unemployment or other factors could negatively affect our customers, the quality of our loan portfolio and the demand for our products and services. Any
sustained period of increased payment delinquencies, foreclosures or losses caused by adverse market or economic conditions in our market area could
adversely affect the value of our assets, revenues, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, we cannot give any assurance that we will benefit
from any market growth or favorable economic conditions in our primary market area.

Our loan portfolio has a significant concentration of commercial real estate loans.

The majority of our loans are to commercial borrowers and 53 percent of our total loans are commercial real estate, or CRE, and construction loans
with real estate as the primary collateral. The CRE segment of our loan portfolio typically involves higher loan principal amounts, and the repayment of
these loans is generally dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service.
Because payments on loans secured by CRE often depend upon the successful operation and management of the properties, repayment of these loans may
be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, including adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Additionally, we have a number
of significant credit exposures to commercial borrowers, and while the majority of these borrowers have numerous projects that make up the total aggregate
exposure, if one or more of these borrowers default or have financial difficulties, we could experience higher credit losses, which could adversely impact
our financial condition and results of operations. In December 2015, the FDIC and the other federal financial institution regulatory agencies released a new
statement on prudent risk management for commercial real estate lending. In this statement, the agencies express concerns about easing commercial real
estate underwriting standards, direct financial institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise risk management practices to identify, measure
and monitor lending risks, and indicate that they will continue to pay special attention to commercial real estate lending activities and concentrations going
forward.

16

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

Risks Related to Our Operations

Failure to keep pace with technological changes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The financial services industry is constantly undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and

services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better service customers and reduce costs. Our future
success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy their
demands, as well as create additional efficiencies within our operations. Many of our large competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in
technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services quickly or be successful in
marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services
industry could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could disrupt our businesses, and
adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause reputational harm.

Our operational and security systems, infrastructure, including our computer systems, data management and internal processes, as well as those of third

parties, are integral to our business. We rely on our employees and third parties in our day-to-day and ongoing operations, who may, as a result of human
error, misconduct or malfeasance, or failure or breach of third- party systems or infrastructure, expose us to risk. We have taken measures to implement
backup systems and other safeguards to support our operations, but our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by any significant disruptions
to us or to third parties with whom we interact. In addition, our ability to implement backup systems and other safeguards with respect to third-party
systems is more limited than with our own systems.

We handle a substantial volume of customer and other financial transactions every day. Our financial, accounting, data processing, check processing,
electronic funds transfer, loan processing, online and mobile banking, automated teller machines, or ATMs, backup or other operating or security systems
and infrastructure may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or
partially beyond our control. This could adversely affect our ability to process these transactions or provide these services. There could be sudden increases
in customer transaction volume, electrical, telecommunications or other major physical infrastructure outages, natural disasters, events arising from local or
larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts, and cyber attacks. We continuously update these systems to support our operations and
growth. This updating entails significant costs and creates risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones.
Operational risk exposures could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, and cause reputational harm.

17

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

A cyber attack, information or security breach, or a technology failure of ours or of a third-party could adversely affect our ability to conduct our
business or manage our exposure to risk, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, increase our costs to
maintain and update our operational and security systems and infrastructure, and adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and
financial condition, as well as cause reputational harm.

Our business is highly dependent on the security and efficacy of our infrastructure, computer and data management systems, as well as those of third

parties with whom we interact. Cyber security risks for financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation
of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and
activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties, including foreign state actors. Our operations rely on the secure processing,
transmission, storage and retrieval of confidential, proprietary and other information in our computer and data management systems and networks, and in
the computer and data management systems and networks of third parties. We rely on digital technologies, computer, database and email systems, software,
and networks to conduct our operations. In addition, to access our network and products and services, our customers and third parties may use personal
mobile devices or computing devices that are outside of our network environment.

Financial services institutions have been subject to, and are likely to continue to be the target of, cyber attacks, including computer viruses, malicious

or destructive code, phishing attacks, denial of service or other security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring,
misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information of the institution, its employees or customers or of third parties, or otherwise
materially disrupt network access or business operations. For example, denial of service attacks have been launched against a number of large financial
institutions and several large retailers have disclosed substantial cyber security breaches affecting debit and credit card accounts of their customers. We
have experienced cyber security incidents in the past and although not material, we anticipate that, as a growing regional bank, we could experience further
incidents. There can be no assurance that we will not suffer material losses or other material consequences relating to technology failure, cyber attacks or
other information or security breaches.

In addition to external threats, insider threats also present a risk to us. Insiders, having legitimate access to our systems and the information contained

in them, have the opportunity to make inappropriate use of the systems and information. We have policies, procedures, and controls in place designed to
prevent or limit this risk, but we cannot guarantee that these policies, procedures and controls fully mitigate this risk.

As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify and enhance our protective
measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities or incidents. Any of these matters could result in our loss of customers
and business opportunities, significant disruption to our operations and business, misappropriation or destruction of our confidential information and/or that
of our customers, or damage to our customers’ and/or third parties’ computers or systems, and could result in a violation of applicable privacy laws and
other laws, litigation exposure, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, loss of confidence in our security measures, reputational damage, reimbursement
or other compensatory costs, and additional compliance costs. In addition, any of the matters described above could adversely impact our results of
operations and financial condition.

We rely on third-party providers and other suppliers for a number of services that are important to our business. An interruption or cessation of
an important service by any third-party could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are dependent for the majority of our technology, including our core operating system, on third-party providers. If these companies were to

discontinue providing services to us, we may experience significant disruption to our business. In addition, each of these third parties faces the risk of cyber
attack, information breach or loss, or technology failure. If any of our third-party service providers experience such difficulties, or if there is any other
disruption in our relationships with them, we may be required to find alternative sources of such services. We are dependent on these third-party providers
securing their information systems, over which we have limited control, and a breach of their information systems could adversely affect our ability to
process transactions, service our clients or manage our exposure to risk and could result in the disclosure of sensitive, personal customer information,
which could have a material adverse impact on our business through damage to our reputation, loss of business, remedial costs, additional regulatory
scrutiny or exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability. Assurance cannot be provided that we could negotiate terms with alternative service
sources that are as favorable or could obtain services with similar functionality as found in existing systems without the need to expend substantial
resources, if at all, thereby resulting in a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

18

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

Risks Related to Interest Rates and Investments

Our net interest income could be negatively affected by interest rate changes which may adversely affect our financial condition.

Our results of operations are largely dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest and fees earned on interest-earning

assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Therefore, any change in general market interest rates, including changes resulting from the
Federal Reserve Board’s policies, can have a significant effect on our net interest income and total income. There may be mismatches between the maturity
and repricing of our assets and liabilities that could cause the net interest rate spread to compress, depending on the level and type of changes in the interest
rate environment. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and the policies of
various governmental agencies. In addition, some of our customers often have the ability to prepay loans or redeem deposits with either no penalties or
penalties that are insufficient to compensate us for the lost income. A significant reduction in our net interest income will adversely affect our business and
results of operations. If we are unable to manage interest rate risk effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially
harmed.

Declines in the value of investment securities held by us could require write-downs, which would reduce our earnings.

In order to diversify earnings and enhance liquidity, we own both debt and equity instruments of government agencies, municipalities and other
companies. We may be required to record impairment charges on our debt securities if they suffer a decline in value due to the underlying credit of the
issuer. Additionally, the value of these investments may fluctuate depending on the interest rate environment, general economic conditions and
circumstances specific to the issuer. Volatile market conditions may detrimentally affect the value of these securities, such as through reduced valuations
due to the perception of heightened credit or liquidity risks. Changes in the value of these instruments may result in a reduction to earnings and/or capital,
which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Business Strategy

Our strategy includes growth plans through organic growth and by means of acquisitions. Our financial condition and results of operations could
be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

We intend to continue pursuing a growth strategy through organic growth within our current footprint and through market expansion. We also actively

evaluate acquisition opportunities as another source of growth. We cannot give assurance that we will be able to expand our existing market presence, or
successfully enter new markets or that any such expansion will not adversely affect our results of operations. Failure to manage our growth effectively
could have a material adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition or results of operations and could adversely affect our ability to
successfully implement our business strategy.

Our failure to find suitable acquisition candidates, or successfully bid against other competitors for acquisitions, could adversely affect our ability to
fully implement our business strategy. If we are successful in acquiring other entities, the process of integrating such entities, including DNB, will divert
significant management time and resources. We may not be able to integrate efficiently or operate profitably, DNB or any entity we may acquire. We may
experience disruption and incur unexpected expenses in integrating acquisitions. These failures could adversely impact our future prospects and results of
operation.

The transition in our CEO position will be critical to our success and our business could be negatively impacted if we do not successfully manage
this transition.

On October 2, 2020, we announced that Todd D. Brice will retire as Chief Executive Officer of S&T and S&T Bank, and as a member of the Boards of

Directors of S&T and S&T Bank, effective March 31, 2021. We are currently engaged in a search for a new Chief Executive Officer (CEO). Our future
performance will depend, in part, on the successful transition of our new Executive. The departure of key leadership personnel, such as a CEO, can take
from the company significant knowledge and experience. This loss of knowledge and experience can be mitigated through successful hiring and transition,
but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such efforts. Any failure to timely hire a qualified CEO could hinder the Company’s strategic
planning, execution and future performance. The ability of a new CEO to quickly expand their knowledge of our business plans, operations and strategies
will be critical to their ability to make informed decisions about our strategy and operations. Further, if our new CEO formulates different or changed
views, the future strategy and plans of the Company may differ materially from those of the past. While Mr. Brice entered into a letter agreement intended
to facilitate a smooth transition under which he has agreed to provide advisory services to S&T and S&T Bank during the period from his retirement until
the third anniversary thereof, if we do not successfully manage this transition, it could be viewed negatively by our

19

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

customers, employees or investors and could have an adverse impact on our business and strategic direction.

We are subject to competition from both banks and non-banking companies.

The financial services industry is highly competitive, and we encounter strong competition for deposits, loans and other financial services in our
market area, including online providers of these products and services. Our principal competitors include other local, regional and national financial
services providers, such as other financial holding companies, commercial banks, credit unions, finance companies and brokerage and insurance firms,
including competitors that provide their products and services online. Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same degree of regulation
that we are and have advantages over us in providing certain services. Additionally, many of our competitors are significantly larger than we are and have
greater access to capital and other resources. Failure to compete effectively for deposit, loan and other financial services customers in our markets could
cause us to lose market share, slow our growth rate and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be required to raise capital in the future, but that capital may not be available or may not be on acceptable terms when it is needed.

We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate capital levels to support operations. While we believe we currently have

sufficient capital, if we cannot raise additional capital when needed, we may not be able to meet these requirements. In addition, our ability to further
expand our operations through organic growth, which includes growth within our current footprint and growth through market expansion, may be adversely
affected by any inability to raise necessary capital. Our ability to raise additional capital at any given time is dependent on capital market conditions at that
time and on our financial performance and outlook.

Risks Related to Regulatory Compliance and Legal Matters

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation and supervision.

We are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation that govern nearly every aspect of our operations. The regulations
are primarily intended to protect depositors, customers and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect our lending practices,
capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review
banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, instituted major changes to the banking and
financial institutions regulatory regimes. Other changes to statutes, regulations or policies could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such
changes could subject us to additional costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer
and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things, and could divert management’s time from
other business activities. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could lead to enforcement and other legal
actions by federal or state authorities, including criminal or civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, the revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions
by regulatory agencies, and/or damage to our reputation. The ramifications and uncertainties of the level of government intervention in the U.S. financial
system could also adversely affect us.

Our controls and policies and procedures may fail or be circumvented, which may result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, operating, risk management and corporate

governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, policies and procedures, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain
assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of internal
controls, disclosure controls and procedures, or operating, risk management and corporate governance policies and procedures, whether as a result of
human error, misconduct or malfeasance, or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and policies and procedures could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Furthermore, we may in the future discover areas of our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, or operating, risk management and

corporate governance policies and procedures that need improvement. Failure to maintain effective controls or to timely implement any necessary
improvement of our internal and disclosure controls, or operating, risk management and corporate governance policies and procedures, could, among other
things, result in losses from errors, harm our reputation, or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could have
a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

20

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

As a participating lender in the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, we are subject to risks of litigation from our customers or other parties in
connection with our processing of loans for the PPP and risks that the Small Business Administration may not fund some or all PPP loans.

We participate as a lender in the PPP. Due to the short timeframe between the passing of the CARES Act and the opening of the PPP, there is some
ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the program, which exposes us to risks relating to noncompliance with the PPP. Since
the opening of the PPP, several large banks have been subject to litigation relating to the policies and procedures they used in processing applications for
the program. We may be exposed to the risk of litigation, from both customers and non-customers who approached us requesting PPP loans, regarding the
process and procedures used by us in processing applications for the PPP. Any such litigation filed against us may be costly, regardless of the outcome, and
result in significant financial liability or adversely affect our reputation.

In addition, while the PPP loans are fully guaranteed by the Small Business Administration, or SBA, and we believe that the majority of these loans
will be forgiven, there can be no assurance that the borrowers will use or have used the funds appropriately or will have satisfied the staffing or payment
requirements to qualify for forgiveness in whole or in part. Any portion of the loan that is not forgiven must be repaid by the borrower. In the event of a
loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP loan was originated,
funded or serviced by us, which may or may not be related to an ambiguity in the laws, rules or guidance regarding operation of the PPP, the SBA may
deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty, or, if we have already been paid under the guaranty, seek recovery from us of any
loss related to the deficiency.

Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings and liquidity.

Reputational risk, or the risk to our business, earnings, liquidity and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our operations. Negative public

opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in a variety of areas, including legal and regulatory compliance, lending practices, corporate
governance, litigation, ethical issues or inadequate protection of customer information. Financial companies are highly vulnerable to reputational damage
when they are found to have harmed customers, particularly retail customers, through conduct that is illegal or viewed as unfair, deceptive, manipulative or
otherwise wrongful. We are dependent on third-party providers for a number of services that are important to our business. Refer to the risk factor titled,
“We rely on third-party providers and other suppliers for a number of services that are important to our business. An interruption or cessation of an
important service by any third-party could have a material adverse effect on our business.” for additional information. A failure by any of these third-party
service providers could cause a disruption in our operations, which could result in negative public opinion about us or damage to our reputation. We expend
significant resources to comply with regulatory requirements, and the failure to comply with such regulations could result in reputational harm or
significant legal or remedial costs. Damage to our reputation could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract new customers and employees, expose
us to litigation and regulatory action and adversely impact our earnings and liquidity.

21

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited

Holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive only such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for

such payments. The payment of common dividends by S&T is subject to certain requirements and limitations of Pennsylvania law. Although we have
historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and our Board of Directors could reduce, suspend or eliminate our
dividend at any time. Substantial portions of our revenue consist of dividend payments we receive from S&T Bank. The payment of common dividends by
S&T Bank is subject to certain requirements and limitations under federal and state laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay to
S&T. In addition, both S&T and S&T Bank are subject to various general regulatory policies relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements
to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. Any decrease to or elimination of the dividends on our common stock could adversely affect the
market price of our common stock.

We may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a reference rate.

On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom announced that it would phase out LIBOR as a benchmark by the end of
2021. In late 2020, the ICE Benchmark Administration (IBA) extended the cessation date for submission and publication of rates for all LIBOR currency-
tenor pairs until June 30, 2023, except for the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR tenors, which will cease on December 31, 2021. U.S. regulators,
including the U.S. Federal Reserve, published a statement supporting the IBA’s plans but also urged banks to phase out LIBOR as soon as practicable. The
U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions,
has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities,
as its preferred alternative rate for LIBOR.

Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide submissions for the calculation of
LIBOR or if the phase-out could cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the past. Similarly, it is not possible to predict whether LIBOR will continue
to be viewed as an acceptable market benchmark, what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, or what the effect of any such changes in
views  or  alternatives  may  be  on  the  value  of  LIBOR-based  securities  and  variable  rate  loans,  subordinated  debentures,  or  other  securities  or  financial
arrangements.

We  have  a  significant  number  of  loans,  derivative  contracts,  borrowings  and  other  financial  instruments  with  attributes  that  are  either  directly  or
indirectly  dependent  on  LIBOR.  Although  we  are  currently  unable  to  assess  what  the  ultimate  impact  of  the  transition  from  LIBOR  will  be,  failure  to
adequately manage the transition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Liquidity

We rely on a stable core deposit base as our primary source of liquidity.

We are dependent for our funding on a stable base of core deposits. Our ability to maintain a stable core deposit base is a function of our financial

performance, our reputation and the security provided by FDIC insurance, which combined, gives customers confidence in us. If any of these
considerations deteriorates, the stability of our core deposits could be harmed. In addition, deposit levels may be affected by factors such as general interest
rate levels, rates paid by competitors, returns available to customers on alternative investments and general economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be
required from time to time to rely on other sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations.

Our ability to meet contingency funding needs, in the event of a crisis that causes a disruption to our core deposit base, is dependent on access to
wholesale markets, including funds provided by the FHLB of Pittsburgh.

We own stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, or FHLB, in order to qualify for membership in the FHLB system, which enables us to

borrow on our line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by a blanket lien on a significant portion of our loan portfolio. Changes or disruptions to the
FHLB or the FHLB system in general may materially impact our ability to meet short and long-term liquidity needs or meet growth plans. Additionally, we
cannot be assured that the FHLB will be able to provide funding to us when needed, nor can we be certain that the FHLB will provide funds specifically to
us, should our financial condition and/or our regulators prevent access to our line of credit. The inability to access this source of funds could have a
materially adverse effect on our ability to meet our customer’s needs. Our financial flexibility could be severely constrained if we were unable to maintain
our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available at acceptable interest rates.

22

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS - continued

Risks Related to Owning Our Stock

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have varied significantly in the past and could vary significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us

to predict our future operating results. Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including
the changing U.S. economic environment and changes in the commercial and residential real estate market, any of which may cause our stock price to
fluctuate. If our operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.
Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:

•
•
•
•

•

•

•
•
•

volatility of stock market prices and volumes in general;
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
changes in the conditions of credit markets;
changes in accounting policies or procedures as required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, or other regulatory
agencies;
legislative and regulatory actions, including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations, that may subject us to additional
regulatory oversight which may result in increased compliance costs and/or require us to change our business model;
government intervention in the U.S. financial system and the effects of and changes in trade and monetary and fiscal policies and laws,
including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board;
additions or departures of key members of management;
fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results; and
changes in analysts’ estimates of our financial performance.

General Risk Factors

We may be a defendant from time to time in a variety of litigation and other actions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations.

From time to time, customers and others make claims and take legal action pertaining to the performance of our responsibilities. Whether customer
claims and legal action related to the performance of our responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a
manner favorable to us, they may result in significant expenses, attention from management and financial liability. Any financial liability or reputational
damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.

23

Item 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no unresolved SEC staff comments.

Item 2.  PROPERTIES

S&T Bancorp, Inc. headquarters is located in Indiana, Pennsylvania.  We operate in five markets including Western Pennsylvania, Eastern

Pennsylvania, Northeast Ohio, Central Ohio and Upstate New York. At December 31, 2020, we operate 76 banking branches and 5 loan production offices,
of which 45 are leased facilities. 

25

Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The nature of our business generates a certain amount of litigation that arises in the ordinary course of business. However, in management’s opinion,
there are no proceedings pending that we are a party to or to which our property is subject that would be material in relation to our financial condition or
results of operations. In addition, no material proceedings are pending nor are known to be threatened or contemplated against us by governmental
authorities or other parties.

Item 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

26

PART II

Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES

Stock Prices and Dividend Information

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market System, or NASDAQ, under the symbol STBA. As of the close of business on
January 31, 2021, we had approximately 2,784 shareholders of record. The number of record-holders does not reflect the number of persons or entities
holding stock in nominee name through banks, brokerage firms and other nominees.

As discussed under "Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited." included in Item 1A. Risk Factors in Part I, the amount and

timing of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board and depends upon business conditions and regulatory requirements. The Board has the
discretion to change the dividend at any time for any reason.

Certain information relating to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth under the heading Equity Compensation

Plan Information in Part III, Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters of this Report.

Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table is a summary of our purchases of common stock during the fourth quarter of 2020:

Period
10/1/2020 - 10/31/2020

11/1/2020 - 11/30/2020

12/1/2020 - 12/31/2020
Total

Total number of shares
purchased
— 

Average price paid per share
— 
$

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

$

Total number of shares purchased
as part of publicly announced plan
(1)

— 

— 

— 
— 

Approximate dollar value of shares
that may yet be purchased under
the plan
37,441,683 

$

37,441,683 

37,441,683 
37,441,683 

$

(1)

On September 16, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized a $50 million share repurchase plan. This repurchase authorization, which is effective through March 31,

2021, permits S&T to repurchase from time to time up to $50 million in aggregate value of shares of S&T's common stock through a combination of open market and
privately negotiated repurchases. The specific timing, price and quantity of repurchases will be at the discretion of S&T and will depend on a variety of factors, including
general market conditions, the trading price of common stock, legal and contractual requirements, applicable securities laws and S&T's financial performance. The
repurchase plan does not obligate us to repurchase any particular number of shares. We expect to fund any repurchases from cash on hand and internally generated funds.
Repurchase activity was suspended in March 2020 as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic spread.

27

Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES - continued

Five-Year Cumulative Total Return

The following chart compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total shareholder return of the
NASDAQ Composite Index  and the NASDAQ Bank Index  assuming a $100 investment in each on December 31, 2015 and the reinvestment of
dividends.

(2)

(1)

Index
S&T Bancorp, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
NASDAQ Bank

(2)

(1)

12/31/2015
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

12/31/2016
130.40 
108.92 
137.97 

Period Ending

12/31/2017
135.91 
141.36 
145.50 

12/31/2018
132.27 
137.39 
121.96 

12/31/2019
144.82 
187.87 
151.69 

12/31/2020
93.56 
272.51 
140.31 

(1)

(2)

The NASDAQ Composite Index measures all NASDAQ domestic and international based common type stocks listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market.
The NASDAQ Bank Index contains securities of NASDAQ-listed companies classified according to the Industry Classification Benchmark as Banks. These companies include banks providing a

broad range of financial services, including retail banking, loans and money transmissions.

28

Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The tables below summarize selected consolidated financial data as of the dates or for the periods presented and should be read in conjunction with

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 and the Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. The below tables include the merger with DNB on November 30, 2019, the sale of a majority interest
of our insurance business on January 1, 2018 and the effects of the enactment of the Tax Act in 2017.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)
Total assets
Securities, at fair value
Loans held for sale
Portfolio loans, net of unearned income
Goodwill
Total deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities
Total shareholders’ equity

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET INCOME

(dollars in thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision for credit losses
Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses
Noninterest income
Noninterest expense
Net Income Before Taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net Income

2019
8,764,649 
784,283 
5,256 
7,137,152 
371,621 
7,036,576 
19,888 
281,319 
50,868 
64,277 
1,191,998 

$

December 31,

2018
7,252,221 
684,872 
2,371 
5,946,648 
287,446 
5,673,922 
18,383 
470,000 
70,314 
45,619 
935,761 

$

2017
7,060,255 
698,291 
4,485 
5,761,449 
291,670 
5,427,891 
50,161 
540,000 
47,301 
45,619 
884,031 

Years Ended December 31,

2019
320,484 
73,693 
14,873 
231,918 
52,558 
167,116 
117,360 
19,126 
98,234 

$

$

2018
289,826 
55,388 
14,995 
219,443 
49,181 
145,445 
123,179 
17,845 
105,334 

$

$

2017
260,642 
34,909 
13,883 
211,850 
55,462 
147,907 
119,405 
46,437 
72,968 

2016
6,943,053 
693,487 
3,793 
5,611,419 
291,670 
5,272,377 
50,832 
660,000 
14,713 
45,619 
841,956 

2016
227,774 
24,515 
17,965 
185,294 
54,635 
143,232 
96,697 
25,305 
71,392 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2020
8,967,897 
773,693 
18,528 
7,225,860 
373,424 
7,420,538 
65,163 
75,000 
23,681 
64,083 
1,154,711 

2020
320,464 
41,076 
131,424 
147,964 
59,719 
186,644 
21,039 
(1)
21,040 

29

Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA - continued

SELECTED PER SHARE DATA AND RATIOS

Refer to Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures below for a discussion of common tangible book value, common return on average

tangible common equity and the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets as non-GAAP financial measures.

Per Share Data
Earnings per common share—basic
Earnings per common share—diluted
Dividends declared per common share
Dividend payout ratio
Common book value
Common tangible book value (non-GAAP)
Profitability Ratios
Common return on average assets
Common return on average equity
Common return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
Capital Ratios
Common equity/assets
Tangible common equity/tangible assets (non-GAAP)
Tier 1 leverage ratio
Common equity tier 1
Risk-based capital—tier 1
Risk-based capital—total
Asset Quality Ratios
Nonaccrual loans/loans
Nonperforming assets/loans plus OREO
Allowance for credit losses/total portfolio loans
Allowance for credit losses/nonperforming loans
Net loan charge-offs/average loans

Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

$
$
$

$
$

2020

0.54 
0.53 
1.12 
200.89 %
29.38 
19.71 

0.23 %
1.80 %
2.92 %

12.88 %
9.02 %
9.43 %
11.33 %
11.74 %
13.44 %

2.03 %
2.06 %
1.63 %
80 %
1.40 %

$
$
$

$
$

2019

2.84 
2.82 
1.09 
38.03 %
30.13 
20.52 

1.32 %
9.98 %
14.41 %

13.60 %
9.68 %
10.29 %
11.43 %
11.84 %
13.22 %

0.76 %
0.81 %
0.87 %
115 %
0.22 %

December 31,
2018

$
$
$

$
$

3.03 
3.01 
0.99 
32.79 %
26.98 
18.63 

1.50 %
11.60 %
17.14 %

12.90 %
9.28 %
10.05 %
11.38 %
11.72 %
13.21 %

0.77 %
0.83 %
1.03 %
132 %
0.18 %

$
$
$

$
$

2017

2.10 
2.09 
0.82 
39.15 %
25.28 
16.87 

1.03 %
8.37 %
12.77 %

12.52 %
8.72 %
9.17 %
10.71 %
11.06 %
12.55 %

0.42 %
0.42 %
0.98 %
236 %
0.18 %

$
$
$

$
$

2016

2.06 
2.05 
0.77 
37.52 %
24.12 
15.67 

1.08 %
8.67 %
13.71 %

12.13 %
8.23 %
8.98 %
10.04 %
10.39 %
11.86 %

0.76 %
0.77 %
0.94 %
124 %
0.25 %

In addition to traditional measures presented in accordance with GAAP, our management uses, and this Report contains or references, certain non-
GAAP financial measures identified below. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding our
underlying operational performance and our business and performance trends as they facilitate comparisons with the performance of other companies in the
financial services industry. Although we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures enhance investors’ understanding of our business and
performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP or considered to be more important than financial
results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable with non-GAAP measures which may be presented by other companies.
We believe the presentation of net interest income on an FTE basis ensures comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-
exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. Interest income per the Consolidated Statements of Net Income is reconciled to net interest income
adjusted to an FTE basis in Part II, Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this Report.

The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by noninterest income plus net interest income, on an FTE basis, which ensures comparability of

net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice.

30

Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA - continued

Common tangible book value, common return on average tangible common equity and the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets exclude

goodwill and other intangible assets in order to show the significance of the tangible elements of our assets and common equity. Total assets and total
average assets are reconciled to total tangible assets and total tangible average assets. Total shareholders' equity and total average shareholders' equity are
also reconciled to total tangible common equity and total tangible average common equity. These measures are consistent with industry practice.

RECONCILIATIONS OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP RATIOS

(dollars in thousands)
Common tangible book value (non-GAAP)
Total shareholders' equity
Less: goodwill and other intangible assets
Tax effect of other intangible assets
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
Common shares outstanding
Common tangible book value (non-GAAP)
Common return on average tangible common shareholders' equity
(non-GAAP)
Net income
Plus: amortization of intangibles
Tax effect of amortization of intangibles
Net income before amortization of intangibles
Total average shareholders’ equity (GAAP Basis)
Less: average goodwill and average other intangible assets
Tax effect of other intangible assets
Tangible average common shareholders' equity (non-GAAP)
Common return on average tangible common shareholders' equity
(non-GAAP)
Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP)
Noninterest expense
Less: merger related expenses
Noninterest expense excluding nonrecurring items

Net interest income per Consolidated Statements of Net Income
Plus: taxable equivalent adjustment
Noninterest income
Less: securities (gains) losses, net
Net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) plus noninterest income
Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
Total shareholders' equity (GAAP basis)
Less: goodwill and other intangible assets
Tax effect of other intangible assets
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
Total assets (GAAP basis)
Less: goodwill and other intangible assets
Tax effect of other intangible assets
Tangible assets (non-GAAP)
Tangible common shareholders' equity/tangible assets (non-GAAP)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

December 31

1,154,711 
(382,099)
1,822 
774,434 
39,298 
19.71 

21,040 
2,532 
(532)
23,040 
1,169,489 
(382,907)
2,061 
788,643 

1,191,998 
(382,540)
2,293 
811,751 
39,560 
20.52 

98,234 
836 
(176)
98,894 
983,908 
(298,228)
639 
686,319 

935,761 
(290,047)
546 
646,260 
34,684 
18.63 

105,334 
861 
(181)
106,014 
908,355 
(290,380)
614 
618,589 

884,031 
(295,347)
1,287 
589,971 
34,972 
16.87 

72,968 
1,233 
(432)
73,769 
872,130 
(295,937)
1,493 
577,686 

841,956 
(296,580)
1,719 
547,095 
34,913 
15.67 

71,392 
1,615 
(565)
72,442 
823,607 
(297,377)
1,992 
528,222 

2.92 %

14.41 %

17.14 %

12.77 %

13.71 %

186,644 
(2,342)
184,302 

279,388 
3,202 
59,719 
(142)
342,167 

167,116 
(11,350)
155,766 

246,791 
3,757 
52,558 
26 
303,132 

145,445 
— 
145,445 

234,438 
3,804 
49,181 
— 
287,423 

147,907 
— 
147,907 

225,733 
7,493 
55,462 
(3,000)
285,688 

143,232 
— 
143,232 

203,259 
7,043 
54,635 
— 
264,938 

53.86 %

51.39 %

50.60 %

51.77 %

54.06 %

1,154,711 
(382,099)
1,822 
774,434 
8,967,897 
(382,099)
1,822 
8,587,620 

1,191,998 
(382,540)
2,293 
811,751 
8,764,649 
(382,540)
2,293 
8,384,402 

935,761 
(290,047)
546 
646,260 
7,252,221 
(290,047)
546 
6,962,720 

884,031 
(295,347)
1,287 
589,971 
7,060,255 
(295,347)
1,287 
6,766,195 

841,956 
(296,580)
1,719 
547,095 
6,943,053 
(296,580)
1,719 
6,648,192 

9.02 %

9.68 %

9.28 %

8.72 %

8.23 %

31

Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA - continued

The following profitability metrics are adjusted to exclude merger related expenses from the DNB merger for the year ended:

(dollars in thousands)
Diluted Earnings Per Share
Net income
Adjust for merger related expenses
Tax effect of merger related expenses

Net income excluding merger related expenses (non-GAAP)

Average shares outstanding - diluted
Diluted adjusted earnings per share (non-GAAP)

Common Return on Average Tangible Common Shareholders' Equity (non-GAAP)
Net income

Adjust for merger related expenses
Tax effect of merger related expenses
Net income excluding merger related expenses
Plus: amortization of intangibles
Tax effect of amortization of intangibles
Adjusted net income

Total average shareholders’ equity (GAAP Basis)

Less: average goodwill and average other intangible assets
Tax effect of other intangible assets

Tangible average common shareholders' equity (non-GAAP)
Common return on average tangible common shareholders' equity (non-GAAP)

Return on Average Assets (non-GAAP)
Net income excluding merger related expenses
Average total assets
Return on average assets (non-GAAP)

Return on Average Shareholders' Equity (non-GAAP)
Net income excluding merger related expenses
Average total shareholders' equity
Return on average shareholders' equity (non-GAAP)

32

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

21,040 
2,342 
(492)
22,890 
39,070 
0.59 

21,040 
2,342 
(492)
22,890 
2,532 
(532)
24,890 
1,169,489 
(382,907)
2,061 
788,643 

3.16 %

22,890 
9,152,747 

0.25 %

22,890 
1,169,489 

1.96 %

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

98,234 
11,350 
(2,106)
107,478 
34,723 
3.09 

98,234 
11,350 
(2,106)
107,478 
836 
(176)
108,138 
983,908 
(298,228)
639 
686,319 

15.76 %

107,478 
7,435,536 

1.45 %

107,478 
983,908 

10.92 %

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section reviews our financial condition for each of the past two years and results of operations for each of the past three years. Certain
reclassifications have been made to prior periods to place them on a basis comparable with the current period presentation. Some tables may include
additional time periods to illustrate trends within our Consolidated Financial Statements. The results of operations reported in the accompanying
Consolidated Financial Statements are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods.

Important Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains or incorporates statements that we believe are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the

Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements generally relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans,
objectives, outlook for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters
regarding or affecting S&T and its future business and operations. Forward looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “will
likely result”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “forecast”, “project”, “intend”, “ believe”, “assume”, “strategy”, “trend”, “plan”, “outlook”, “outcome”,
“continue”, “remain”, “potential”, “opportunity”, “believe”, “comfortable”, “current”, “position”, “maintain”, “sustain”, “seek”, “achieve” and variations of
such words and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as will, would, should, could or may. Although we believe the assumptions upon
which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of these assumptions could prove to be inaccurate and the forward-looking
statements based on these assumptions could be incorrect. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to various risks,
uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results and trends to differ materially from those made, projected, or implied in or by the forward-
looking statements depending on a variety of uncertainties or other factors including, but not limited to: credit losses and the credit risk of our commercial
and consumer loan products; changes in the level of charge-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, or ACL; cyber
security concerns; rapid technological developments and changes; operational risks or risk management failures by us or critical third parties, including
fraud risk; our ability to manage our reputational risks; sensitivity to the interest rate environment including a prolonged period of low interest rates, a rapid
increase in interest rates or a change in the shape of the yield curve; a change in spreads on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; the
transition from LIBOR as a reference rate; regulatory supervision and oversight, including changes in regulatory capital requirements and our ability to
address those requirements; unanticipated changes in our liquidity position; changes in accounting policies, practices, or guidance, for example, our
adoption of CECL; legislation affecting the financial services industry as a whole, and S&T, in particular; the outcome of pending and future litigation and
governmental proceedings; increasing price and product/service competition; the ability to continue to introduce competitive new products and services on
a timely, cost-effective basis; managing our internal growth and acquisitions; the possibility that the anticipated benefits from acquisitions, including DNB,
cannot be fully realized in a timely manner or at all, or that integrating the acquired operations will be more difficult, disruptive or costly than anticipated;
containing costs and expenses; reliance on significant customer relationships; an interruption or cessation of an important service by a third-party provider;
our ability to attract and retain talented executives and employees; our ability to successfully manage our CEO transition; general economic or business
conditions, including the strength of regional economic conditions in our market area; the duration and severity of the coronavirus (“COVID-19”)
pandemic, both in our principal area of operations and nationally, including the ultimate impact of the pandemic on the economy generally and on our
operations; our participation in the Paycheck Protection Program; deterioration of the housing market and reduced demand for mortgages; deterioration in
the overall macroeconomic conditions or the state of the banking industry that could warrant further analysis of the carrying value of goodwill and could
result in an adjustment to its carrying value resulting in a non-cash charge to net income; the stability of our core deposit base and access to contingency
funding; re-emergence of turbulence in significant portions of the global financial and real estate markets that could impact our performance, both directly,
by affecting our revenues and the value of our assets and liabilities, and indirectly, by affecting the economy generally and access to capital in the amounts,
at the times and on the terms required to support our future businesses. Many of these factors, as well as other factors, are described elsewhere in this
report, including Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors and any of our subsequent filings with the SEC. Forward-looking statements are based on beliefs and
assumptions using information available at the time the statements are made. We caution you not to unduly rely on forward-looking statements because the
assumptions, beliefs, expectations and projections about future events may, and often do, differ materially from actual results. Any forward-looking
statement speaks only as to the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect developments
occurring after the statement is made. 

33

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Application of these

principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements
and accompanying Notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the Consolidated Financial
Statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the Consolidated Financial Statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments.
Certain policies are based to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing
results that could be materially different than originally reported.

Our most significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial

Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the Consolidated Financial Statements and how those values are
determined.

We view critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex estimates, assumptions and judgments and

where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. We currently view the
determination of the ACL, goodwill and other intangible assets and accounting for acquisitions to be critical accounting policies. We have updated our
ACL policy in response to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments. During 2019, we identified accounting for business combinations as a critical accounting policy due to our merger with DNB. Otherwise, we
did not significantly change the manner in which we applied our critical accounting policies or developed related assumptions or estimates. We have
reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with the Audit Committee.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The ACL is a valuation reserve established and maintained by charges against operating income and is deducted from the

amortized cost basis of loans to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. Loans, or portions thereof, are
charged off against the ACL when they are deemed uncollectible. The ACL is an estimate of expected credit losses, measured
over the contractual life of a loan, that considers our historical loss experience, current conditions and forecasts of future
economic conditions. Determination of an appropriate ACL is inherently subjective and may have significant changes from
period to period.

The methodology for determining the ACL has two main components: evaluation of expected credit losses for certain
groups of homogeneous loans that share similar risk characteristics and evaluation of loans that do not share risk characteristics
with other loans.

The ACL for homogeneous loans is calculated using a life-time loss rate methodology with both a quantitative and a
qualitative analysis that is applied on a quarterly basis. The ACL model is comprised of six distinct portfolio segments: 1)
Construction, 2) Commercial Real Estate, or CRE, 3) Commercial and Industrial, or C&I, 4) Business Banking, 5) Consumer
Real Estate and 6) Other Consumer. Each segment has a distinct set of risk characteristics monitored by management. We
further evaluate the ACL at a disaggregated level which includes type of collateral and our internal risk rating system for the
commercial segments and type of collateral, lien position, and FICO score, for the consumer segments. Historical credit loss
experience is the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Our quantitative model uses historic data back to the second quarter of 2009. We apply
historical loss rates to pools of loans with similar risk characteristics. After consideration of the historic loss calculation, management applies qualitative
adjustments to reflect the current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts not already reflected in the historical loss information at the balance
sheet date. Our reasonable and supportable forecast adjustment is based on the unemployment forecast and management judgment. For periods beyond our
two year reasonable and supportable forecast, we revert to historical loss rates utilizing a straight-line method over a one year reversion period. The
qualitative adjustments for current conditions are based upon changes in lending policies and practices, experience and ability of lending staff, quality of
the bank’s loan review system, value of underlying collateral, the existence of and changes in concentrations and other external factors. These modified
historical loss rates are multiplied by the outstanding principal balance of each loan to calculate a required reserve. A similar process is employed to
calculate a reserve assigned to off-balance sheet commitments, specifically unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, and any needed reserve is
recorded in other liabilities.

The ACL for individual loans begins with the use of normal credit review procedures to identify whether a loan no longer

shares similar risk characteristics with other pooled loans and therefore, should be individually assessed. We evaluate all
commercial loans greater than $0.5 million that meet the following criteria: 1) when it is determined that foreclosure is
probable, 2) substandard, doubtful and nonperforming loans when repayment is expected to be provided substantially through
the operation or sale of the collateral, 3) any commercial troubled debt restructuring, or TDR, or any loan reasonably expected

34

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

to become a TDR whether on accrual or nonaccrual status and 4) when it is determined by management that a loan does not
share similar risk characteristics with other loans. Specific reserves are established based on the following three acceptable
methods for measuring the ACL: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective
interest rate; 2) the loan’s observable market price; or 3) the fair value of the collateral when the loan is collateral dependent.
Our individual loan evaluations consist primarily of the fair value of collateral method because most of our loans are collateral
dependent. Collateral values are discounted to consider disposition costs when appropriate. A specific reserve is established or a
charge-off is taken if the fair value of the loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan balance.

Our ACL Committee meets quarterly to verify the overall appropriateness of the ACL. Additionally, on an annual basis, the ACL Committee meets to

validate our ACL methodology. This validation includes reviewing the loan segmentation, critical model assumptions, forecast and the qualitative
framework. As a result of this ongoing monitoring process, we may make changes to our ACL to be responsive to the economic environment.

Although we believe our process for determining the ACL appropriately considers all the factors that would likely result in
credit losses, the process includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual losses
are higher than management estimates, additional provision for credit losses could be required and could adversely affect our
earnings or financial position in future periods.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, we

calculated our allowance for loan losses, or ALL, using an incurred loan loss methodology. The following policy related to the ALL in prior periods.

Our loan portfolio is our largest category of assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We have designed a systematic ALL methodology which is
used to determine our provision for loan losses and ALL on a quarterly basis. The ALL represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the
loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and is presented as a reserve against loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The ALL is increased by a provision
charged to expense and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Determination of an adequate ALL is inherently subjective and may be subject to
significant changes from period to period.

The methodology for determining the ALL has two main components: evaluation and impairment tests of individual loans and evaluation and

impairment tests of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

We individually evaluate all substandard and nonaccrual commercial loans greater than $0.5 million for impairment. A loan is considered to be

impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original
contractual terms of the loan agreement. For all troubled debt restructurings, or TDRs, regardless of size, as well as all other impaired loans, we conduct
further analysis to determine the probable loss and assign a specific reserve to the loan if deemed appropriate. Specific reserves are established based upon
the following three impairment methods: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, 2) the loan’s
observable market price or 3) the estimated fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment
in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific impaired loans, including estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows, the current
estimated fair value of the loan and collateral values. Our impairment evaluations consist primarily of the fair value of collateral method because most of
our loans are collateral dependent. We obtain appraisals annually on impaired loans greater than $0.5 million.

The ALL methodology for groups of homogeneous loans, or the reserve for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, is comprised of both a
quantitative and qualitative analysis. We first apply historical loss rates to pools of loans, with similar risk characteristics, using a migration analysis where
losses in each pool are aggregated over the loss emergence period, or LEP. The LEP is an estimate of the average amount of time from when an event
happens that causes the borrower to be unable to pay on a loan until the loss is confirmed through a loan charge-off.

In conjunction with our annual review of the ALL assumptions prior to 2020, we updated our analysis of LEPs for our Commercial and Consumer

loan portfolio segments using our loan charge-off history. Based on our updated analysis, we shortened our LEP over the construction portfolio from 4
years to 3 years and made no other changes. We estimate an LEP of 3 years for CRE, 3 years for construction and 1.25 years for C&I. We estimate an LEP
of 2.75 years for Consumer Real Estate and 1.25 years for Other Consumer.

Another key assumption is the look-back period, or LBP, which represents the historical period utilized to calculate loss rates. We used 10.5 years for

our LBP for all portfolio segments which encompasses our loss experience during the 2008 - 2010 Financial Crisis and our more recent improved loss
experience.

After consideration of the historic loss calculations, management applies additional qualitative adjustments so that the ALL is reflective of the
inherent losses that exist in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Qualitative adjustments are made based upon changes in lending policies and
practices, economic conditions, changes in the loan portfolio, changes in

35

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

lending management, results of internal loan reviews, asset quality trends, collateral values, concentrations of credit risk and other external factors. The
evaluation of the various components of the ALL requires considerable judgment in order to estimate inherent loss exposures.

Our ALL Committee meets at least quarterly to verify the overall adequacy of the ALL. Additionally, on an annual basis, the ALL Committee meets

to validate our ALL methodology. This validation includes reviewing the loan segmentation, LEP, LBP and the qualitative framework. As a result of this
ongoing monitoring process, we may make changes to our ALL to be responsive to the economic environment.

Although we believe our process for determining the ALL adequately considers all of the factors that would likely result in credit losses, the process

includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual losses are higher than management estimates, additional
provisions for loan losses could be required and could adversely affect our earnings or financial position in future periods.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As a result of acquisitions, we have recorded goodwill and identifiable intangible assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Goodwill represents the

excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired.

We have one reporting unit, Community Banking. Existing goodwill relates to value inherent in the Community Banking reporting unit and that value

is dependent upon our ability to provide quality, cost-effective services in the face of competition from other market participants. This ability relies upon
continuing investments in processing systems, the development of value-added service features and the ease of use of our services. As such, goodwill value
is supported ultimately by profitability that is driven by the volume of business transacted. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth or the
inability to deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment of goodwill, which could adversely impact our earnings in the
period in which impairment occurs.

The carrying value of goodwill is tested annually for impairment each October 1st or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that it may

be impaired. We test for impairment by comparing the fair value of our Community Banking reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an
impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The fair value of the

reporting unit is determined by using both a discounted cash flow model and market based models. The discounted cash flow model has many assumptions
including future earnings projections, a long-term growth rate and discount rate. The market based method calculates the fair value based on observed price
multiples for similar companies. The fair values of each method are then weighted based on the relevance and reliability in the current economic
environment.

We determine the amount of identifiable intangible assets based upon independent core deposit and insurance contract valuations at the time of
acquisition. Intangible assets with finite useful lives, consisting primarily of core deposit and customer list intangibles, are amortized using straight-line or
accelerated methods over their estimated weighted average useful lives, ranging from 10 to 20 years. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are evaluated
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. No such events or changes in
circumstances occurred during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

The financial services industry and securities markets can be adversely affected by declining values. If economic conditions result in a prolonged

period of economic weakness in the future, our business may be adversely affected. In the event that we determine that our goodwill is impaired,
recognition of an impairment charge could have a significant adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations in the period in which the
impairment occurs.

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-
controlling interest in the acquiree are recognized and measured as of the acquisition date at fair value. We record goodwill for the excess of the purchase
price over the fair value of net assets acquired. Results of operations of the acquired entities are included in the consolidated statement of income from the
date of acquisition.

Acquired loans are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition with no carryover of the related ACL. Determining the fair value of acquired loans
involves estimating the principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market rate of interest.
In estimating the fair value of our acquired loans, we considered a number of factors including loss rates, internal risk rating, delinquency status, loan type,
loan term, prepayment rates, recovery periods and the current interest rate environment. The premium or discount estimated through the loan fair value
calculation is recognized into interest income on a level yield basis over the remaining life of the loans.

Acquired loans, including those acquired in a business combination, are evaluated to determine if they have experienced more-than-insignificant

deterioration in credit quality since origination. When the condition exists, these loans are referred to as purchased credit deteriorated, or PCD. An
allowance is recognized for a PCD loan by adding it to the purchase price or fair

36

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

value in a business combination. There is no provision for credit losses, or PCL, recognized upon acquisition of a PCD loan since the initial allowance is
established through the purchase accounting. After initial recognition, the accounting for a PCD loan follows the credit loss model that applies to that type
of asset. Purchased financial loans that do not have a more-than-significant deterioration in credit quality since origination are accounted for in a manner
consistent with originated loans. An ACL is recorded with a corresponding charge to PCL. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the methods utilized to
estimate the required ACL for these loans is similar to the method used for originated loans.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, the
methods utilized to estimate the required ALL for acquired loans was similar to the method used for originated loans; however, we recorded a provision for
credit losses only when the required allowance exceeded the remaining fair value adjustment. Acquired loans were considered impaired if there was
evidence of credit deterioration since origination and if it was probable at time of acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be
collected.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments

Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this

Report, discusses new accounting pronouncements that we have adopted and the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued or
proposed, but not yet required to be adopted.

Executive Overview

We are a bank holding company that is headquartered in Indiana, Pennsylvania with assets of $9.0 billion at December 31, 2020. We operate in five

markets including Western Pennsylvania, Eastern Pennsylvania, Northeast Ohio, Central Ohio and Upstate New York.

We provide a full range of financial services with retail and commercial banking products, cash management services, trust and brokerage services.

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "STBA".

We earn revenue primarily from interest on loans and securities and fees charged for financial services provided to our customers. We incur expenses

for the cost of deposits and other funding sources, provision for credit losses and other operating costs such as salaries and employee benefits, data
processing, occupancy and tax expense.

Our mission is to become the financial services provider of choice within the markets that we serve which will enable us to be a high performing
regional community bank. We strive to do this by delivering exceptional service and value. Our strategic plan follows a disciplined approach focused on
organic growth, which includes both growth within our current footprint and through market expansion. We employ a geographic market-based growth
platform in order to drive organic growth. We acknowledge that each of our five markets are in different stages of development and that our market based
strategy will allow us to customize our approach to each market given its developmental stage and unique characteristics. We also actively evaluate
acquisition opportunities that align with our strategic objectives as another source of growth. Our strategic plan includes a collaborative model that
combines expertise from all areas of our business and focuses on satisfying each customer’s individual financial objectives. We continuously work to
maintain and improve the efficiency of our different lines of business.

As we continue to navigate through the uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, our first priority is the safety of both our employees and

customers. Our financial performance has been negatively impacted in many ways due to the COVID-19 pandemic. We are closely monitoring our asset
quality with a focus on the portfolios that have been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, including our hotel portfolio. We have increased
our ACL to be responsive to this additional risk within our loan portfolio. Our balance sheet is asset sensitive so we have experienced a negative impact to
our net interest income and net interest margin, or NIM, as interest rates declined in the first half of 2020. Our net interest income is also being impacted by
declining loan balances as new loan originations have decreased in the current environment. Offsetting this impact was the origination of $555.9 million of
Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, loans during 2020. Our noninterest income has also been negatively impacted due to changes in our customers'
behavior during these times which has been somewhat mitigated by strong mortgage banking income due to significant refinance activity. We are taking a
prudent approach to capital management given the economic uncertainty. Our internally-run capital stress test results demonstrate that we have adequate
capital cushions. We are well capitalized and we believe that we have sufficient excess capital to manage through the uncertainty resulting from the
COVID-19 pandemic.

In response to the current economic environment as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we completed an interim quantitative goodwill impairment

analysis as of November 30, 2020 and updated our analysis as of December 31, 2020. Based upon our impairment analysis, we determined that our
goodwill of $373.4 million was not impaired at December 31, 2020.

We experienced a pre-tax loss of $58.7 million related to a customer fraud resulting from a check kiting scheme during 2020. This matter was

disclosed in our Form 8-K filed on May 26, 2020. The fraud was perpetrated by a single business customer and the customer has plead guilty in a criminal
investigation. This fraud loss reduced net income by $46.3 million, or $1.19 per diluted share, in 2020. We continue to pursue all available sources of
recovery to mitigate the loss. An internal review of the matter has been completed and various process and monitoring enhancements have been
implemented. The customer also

37

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

had a lending relationship of $14.8 million, including a $14.0 million CRE loan and an $0.8 million line of credit. We recognized a $8.9 million charge-off
related to this lending relationship during 2020.

Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2020

COVID-19 Update

S&T has monitored the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic throughout the year and has taken steps to mitigate the potential risks and impact on S&T

and to promote the health and safety of our employees, and the customers and communities that we serve. We have taken preventive health measures for
our employees through rigorous sanitation, social distancing, wearing masks, remote work where feasible and providing access to financial wellness
programs. We reopened our branches with extensive safety measures and are encouraging our customers to use online and mobile banking solutions. We
have also extended our solution center hours to allow for customer consultation without entering a branch. Our Business Continuity teams were activated
and have guided our efforts to respond to the rapidly developing situation.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security, or CARES Act was signed into law. It contained substantial tax and spending

provisions intended to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act included the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, a $349 billion
program designed to aid small and medium sized businesses through federally guaranteed loans distributed through banks. The Paycheck Protection
Program and Health Care Enhancement Act, or PPP/HCEA, was signed into law on April 24, 2020. The PPP/HCEA authorized an additional $310 billion
of funding under the CARES Act for PPP loans among other provisions. On July 4, 2020, legislation was passed to extend the application period for the
PPP through August 8, 2020. These loans are intended to cover eight weeks of payroll and other permitted expenses to help those businesses remain viable.
As of December 31, 2020, we originated $555.9 million of PPP loans. PPP loans are forgivable, in whole or in part, if the proceeds are used for payroll
and other permitted expenses in accordance with the requirements of the PPP. These loans carry a fixed rate of 1.00 percent and a term of two years, or five
years for loans approved by the SBA, on or after June 5, 2020. Payments are deferred for at least six months of the loan. The loans are 100 percent
guaranteed by the SBA.

The extent to which COVID-19 may adversely impact our business depends on future developments which are highly uncertain and unpredictable. The

COVID-19 pandemic has had, and we expect that it will continue to have, negative impacts on
S&T’s commercial and consumer loan customers and the economy as a whole. The pandemic caused, among other things, an increase in the provision for
credit losses, a higher ACL as a percentage of total portfolio loans for each of the quarters ended in 2020 compared to December 31, 2019, and exclusive of
the increase in portfolio loans due to the PPP portfolio, a decrease in portfolio loans compared to December 31, 2019. The severity and length of the
COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on S&T and the U.S. and global economies continues to be unknown.

In order to assist our customers through this difficult period, we have provided the following assistance, which may have an adverse impact on our

results in the short term, but which we believe will provide better outcomes in the long term for our customers and for S&T.

• We provided needs-based payment deferrals and modifications to interest only periods to commercial loans during 2020 totaling $1.2 billion. Only

$195.6 million remain on deferral at December 31, 2020.

• We provided loan payment deferrals, with no negative credit bureau reporting, to mortgage and consumer loans during 2020 totaling $69.0

million. No loans remain on deferral at December 31, 2020.

• We paused foreclosures/repossessions for mortgages and consumer loans.

Earnings Summary

Net income decreased $77.2 million, or 78.6 percent, to $21.0 million, or $0.53 per diluted share, in 2020 compared to $98.2 million, or $2.82 per
diluted share in 2019. Net income in 2020 was significantly impacted by a $46.3 million after-tax, or $1.19 per diluted share, fraud loss. The 2019 results
included $11.4 million, or $0.27 per diluted share, of merger related

38

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

expenses. The DNB merger results have been included in our financial statements since the consummation of the merger on November 30, 2019.

Net interest income increased $32.6 million, or 13.2 percent, to $279.4 million compared to $246.8 million in 2019 primarily due to the merger with

DNB in late 2019. Average interest-earnings assets increased $1.5 billion, or 21.6 percent, to $8.4 billion compared to 2019. Average interest-bearing
liabilities increased $862.2 million, or 17.7 percent, to $5.7 billion compared to 2019 with increases in average interest-bearing deposits of $923.1 million
offset by decreases in borrowings of $61.0 million. Net interest margin, on a fully taxable-equivalent, or FTE, basis (non-GAAP), decreased 26 basis points
to
3.38 percent for 2020 compared to 3.64 percent for 2019.

Net interest margin is reconciled to net interest income adjusted to an FTE basis below in the "Net Interest Income" section of this MD&A.
The provision for credit losses was $131.4 million for 2020 compared to $14.9 million in 2019. Excluding the customer fraud loss of $58.7 million, the

provision for credit losses increased $57.8 million to $72.7 million for 2020 compared to $14.9 million in 2019. The significant increase in the provision
for credit losses during the year was mainly due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. The COVID-19
pandemic has negatively impacted the hospitality industry resulting in deterioration in our $248 million hotel portfolio. Net loan charge-offs increased
$89.7 million to $103.4 million, or 1.40 percent of average loans, for 2020 compared to $13.6 million, or 0.22 percent of average loans, in 2019. Excluding
the customer fraud, net loan charge-offs were $44.7 million, or 0.60 percent in 2020.

Total noninterest income increased $7.1 million to $59.7 million compared to $52.6 million in 2019. Total noninterest income includes a full-year
impact of the DNB merger for 2020 compared to one month in 2019. Additionally, the increase in noninterest income related to an increase of $8.4 million
in mortgage banking income to $10.9 million compared to 2019 due to the strong refinance activity in the current interest rate environment.

Noninterest expense increased $19.5 million to $186.6 million for 2020 compared to $167.1 million for 2019. Total noninterest expense includes a full-

year impact of the DNB merger for 2020 compared to one month in 2019 with increases in most noninterest expense categories. FDIC insurance increased
$4.3 million due to the DNB merger, the impact of recent financial results on certain components of the assessment calculation and Small Bank Assessment
Credits received in 2019. These increases were offset by a $9.0 million decrease in merger related expenses compared to 2019.

The income tax provision decreased to nearly zero for 2020 compared to an expense of $19.1 million in 2019. The decrease in our income tax

provision was mainly due to a $96.3 million decrease in taxable income in 2020 compared to 2019.

Net Interest Income

Our principal source of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income represents the difference between the interest and fees earned on interest-

earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by changes in the average balance of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in interest rates and spreads. The level and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is
managed by our Asset and Liability Committee, or ALCO, in order to mitigate interest rate and liquidity risks of the balance sheet. A variety of ALCO
strategies were implemented, within prescribed ALCO risk parameters, to produce what we believe is an acceptable level of net interest income.

The interest income on interest-earning assets and the net interest margin are presented on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax benefit of
income on certain tax-exempt loans and securities and the dividend-received deduction for equity securities using the federal statutory tax rate of 21 percent
and the dividend-received deduction for equity securities. We believe this to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income that provides a
relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable sources of interest income.

The following table reconciles interest income per the Consolidated Statements of Net Income to net interest income and rates on an FTE basis for the

periods presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Total interest income
Total interest expense
Net interest income per Consolidated Statements of Net Income
Adjustment to FTE basis
Net Interest Income (FTE) (non-GAAP)
Net interest margin
Adjustment to FTE basis
Net Interest Margin (FTE) (non-GAAP)

$

$

Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$

$

320,464 
41,076 
279,388 
3,202 
282,590 

3.34  %
0.04 
3.38 %

$

$

320,484 
73,693 
246,791 
3,757 
250,548 

3.58  %
0.06 
3.64 %

289,826 
55,388 
234,438 
3,803 
238,241 

3.58  %
0.06 
3.64 %

39

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Income Analysis

The following table provides information regarding the average balances, interest and rates earned on interest-earning assets and the average balances,

interest and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31:

2020

2019

2018

Interest

Rate

Interest

Rate

Interest

Rate

$

$

$

(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
Securities at fair value
Loans held for sale

(2)(3)

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction

Total commercial loans

Residential mortgage
Home equity
Installment and other consumer
Consumer construction

Total consumer loans

(1)(2)

Total portfolio loans
Total Loans
Federal Home Loan Bank and other restricted
stock
Total Interest-earning Assets
Noninterest-earning assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’
EQUITY

Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit

Total Interest-bearing deposits

Securities sold under repurchase
agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities

Total borrowings
Total Interest-bearing Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Shareholders’ equity

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $
(2)(3)

Net Interest Income 
Net Interest Margin 

(2)(3)

$

$

Average
Balance

179,887 
764,311 
5,105 
3,347,234 
2,018,318 
442,088 
5,807,640 
964,740 
539,461 
80,032 
13,484 
1,597,717 
7,405,357 
7,410,462 

18,234 
8,372,894 
779,853 
9,152,747 

961,823 
2,040,116 
899,717 
1,517,643 
5,419,299 

57,673 
155,753 
47,953 
64,092 
325,471 
5,744,770 
2,238,488 
1,169,489 
9,152,747 

515 
19,011 
160 
140,288 
77,752 
16,702 
234,742 
40,998 
21,469 
5,248 
594 
68,309 
303,051 
303,211 

929 
304,140 

2,681 
11,645 
972 
20,688 
35,986 

169 
1,434 
1,201 
2,286 
5,090 
41,076 

$

$

Average
Balance

59,941 
678,069 
2,169 
2,945,278 
1,575,485 
278,665 
4,799,428 
765,604 
475,149 
72,283 
10,896 
1,323,932 
6,123,360 
6,125,529 

21,833 
6,885,372 
550,164 
7,435,536 

641,403 
1,691,910 
766,142 
1,396,706 
4,496,161 

16,863 
255,264 
66,392 
47,934 
386,453 
4,882,614 
1,569,014 
983,908 
7,435,536 

1,233 
17,876 
84 
144,877 
79,429 
14,237 
238,543 
33,889 
25,208 
5,173 
593 
64,863 
303,406 
303,490 

1,642 
324,241 

3,915 
30,236 
1,928 
26,947 
63,026 

110 
6,416 
1,831 
2,310 
10,667 
73,693 

0.29  % $
2.49  %
3.13  %
4.19  %
3.85  %
3.78  %
4.04 %
4.25  %
3.98  %
6.56  %
4.40  %
4.28 %
4.09 %
4.09 %

5.10  %
3.87 %

$

0.28  % $
0.57  %
0.11  %
1.36  %
0.66 %

0.29  %
0.92  %
2.50  %
3.57  %
1.56 %
0.72 %

$

3.38 %

(1)

(2)

(3)

Nonaccruing loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding.
Tax-exempt income is on an FTE basis using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent .
Taxable investment income is adjusted for the dividend-received deduction for equity securities.

40

$

$

Average
Balance

56,210 
682,806 
1,515 
2,779,096 
1,441,560 
314,265 
4,534,921 
696,849 
474,538 
67,047 
5,336 
1,243,770 
5,778,691 
5,780,206 

30,457 
6,549,679 
494,149 
7,043,828 

570,459 
1,299,185 
836,747 
1,328,985 
4,035,376 

45,992 
525,172 
47,986 
45,619 
664,769 
4,700,145 
1,435,328 
908,355 
7,043,828 

1,042 
17,860 
85 
132,139 
67,770 
15,067 
214,976 
29,772 
22,981 
4,594 
267 
57,614 
272,590 
272,675 

2,052 
293,629 

1,883 
18,228 
1,773 
18,972 
40,856 

221 
11,082 
1,129 
2,100 
14,532 
55,388 

2.06  % $
2.64  %
3.88  %
4.92  %
5.04  %
5.11  %
4.97 %
4.43  %
5.31  %
7.16  %
5.44  %
4.90 %
4.95 %
4.95 %

7.52  %
4.71 %

$

0.61  % $
1.79  %
0.25  %
1.93  %
1.40 %

0.65  %
2.51  %
2.76  %
4.82  %
2.76 %
1.51 %

$

3.64 %

1.85  %
2.62  %
5.60  %
4.75  %
4.70  %
4.79  %
4.74 %
4.27  %
4.84  %
6.85  %
5.00  %
4.63 %
4.72 %
4.72 %

6.74  %
4.48 %

0.33  %
1.40  %
0.21  %
1.43  %
1.01 %

0.48  %
2.11  %
2.35  %
4.60  %
2.19 %
1.18 %

3.64 %

$

282,590 

$

250,548 

$

238,241 

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

The following table sets forth for the periods presented a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume

and changes in rates:

(dollars in thousands)
Interest earned on:
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
Securities at fair value
Loans held for sale

(2)(3)

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction

Total commercial loans

Residential mortgage
Home equity
Installment and other consumer
Consumer construction

Total consumer loans

 (1)(2)

Total portfolio loans
Total loans
Federal Home Loan Bank and other restricted stock
Change in Interest Earned on Interest-earning Assets

Interest paid on:

Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit
Total interest-bearing deposits

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities

Total borrowings
Change in Interest Paid on Interest-bearing Liabilities
Change in Net Interest Income

2020 Compared to 2019 
Increase (Decrease) Due to

2019 Compared to 2018 
Increase (Decrease) Due to

Volume

(4)

Rate

(4)

Net

Volume

(4)

Rate

(4)

Net

$

$

$

$
$

2,467  $
2,274 
114 
19,772 
22,326 
8,349 
50,447 
8,815 
3,412 
555 
141 
12,923 
63,370 
63,484 
(271)
67,954  $

1,956  $
6,223 
336 
2,333 
10,848 
266 
(2,501)
(509)
779 
(1,965)
8,883  $
59,071  $

(3,185) $
(1,139)
(38)
(24,361)
(24,003)
(5,884)
(54,248)
(1,706)
(7,151)
(480)
(140)
(9,477)
(63,725)
(63,763)
(442)
(68,529) $

(3,190) $
(24,814)
(1,292)
(8,592)
(37,888)
(207)
(2,481)
(121)
(803)
(3,612)
(41,500) $
(27,029) $

(718)
1,135 
76 
(4,589)
(1,677)
2,465 
(3,801)
7,109 
(3,739)
75 
1 
3,446 
(355)
(279)
(713)
(575)

(1,234)
(18,591)
(956)
(6,259)
(27,040)
59 
(4,982)
(630)
(24)
(5,577)
(32,617)
32,042 

$

$

$

$
$

69  $

(124)
37 
7,902 
6,296 
(1,707)
12,491 
2,937 
30 
359 
278 
3,604 
16,095 
16,132 
(581)
15,496  $

234  $

5,510 
(150)
967 
6,561 
(140)
(5,696)
433 
107 
(5,296)
1,265  $
14,231  $

122  $
140 
(38)
4,836 
5,363 
877 
11,076 
1,180 
2,197 
220 
48 
3,645 
14,721 
14,683 
171 
15,116  $

1,798  $
6,498 
305 
7,008 
15,609 
29 
1,030 
269 
103 
1,431 
17,040  $
(1,924) $

191 
16 
(1)
12,738 
11,659 
(830)
23,567 
4,117 
2,227 
579 
326 
7,249 
30,816 
30,815 
(410)
30,612 

2,032 
12,008 
155 
7,975 
22,170 
(111)
(4,666)
702 
210 
(3,865)
18,305 
12,307 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Nonaccruing loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding.
Tax-exempt income is on an FTE basis using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent.
Taxable investment income is adjusted for the dividend-received deduction for equity securities.
Changes to rate/volume are allocated to both rate and volume on a proportionate dollar basis.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) increased $32.0 million, or 12.8 percent, compared to 2019. Net interest income was favorably
impacted by purchase accounting fair value adjustments of $4.8 million mainly related to the DNB merger. The net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-
GAAP) decreased 26 basis points to 3.38% compared to 2019. This is mostly due to decreases in short-term interest rates of approximately 225 basis
points. Purchase accounting fair value adjustments favorably impacted the net interest margin rate on an FTE basis by 6 basis points for 2020.

Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) decreased $0.6 million, or 0.2 percent, compared to 2019. The change was primarily due to increases in

average interest-earning assets of $1.5 billion offset by lower short-term interest rates compared to 2019. Average loan balances increased $1.3 billion
compared to 2019 due to the DNB merger and organic loan growth. PPP loans contributed $380.1 million of the average increase in loans. The average rate
earned on loans decreased 86 basis points primarily due to lower short-term interest rates. Average interest-bearing deposits with banks increased $119.9
million and the average rate earned decreased 177 basis points compared to 2019. Average investment securities increased $86.2 million and the average
rate earned decreased 15 basis points. Overall, the FTE rate on interest-earning assets (non-GAAP) decreased 84 basis points compared to 2019.

Interest expense decreased $32.6 million compared to 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower short-term interest

41

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

rates. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $923.1 million compared to 2019 due to the DNB merger and organic deposit growth. We experienced
deposit growth throughout 2020 due to customer PPP loans and stimulus payments along with customers conservatively holding cash deposits in these
uncertain times. The average rate paid decreased 74 basis points compared to 2019 primarily due to lower short-term interest rates. Average borrowings
decreased $61.0 million due to increased deposits and the average rate paid decreased 120 basis points due to lower short-term interest rates. Overall, the
cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 79 basis points compared to 2019.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses, which includes a provision for losses on loans and on unfunded loan commitments, is a charge to earnings to maintain

the ACL at a level consistent with management's assessment of expected losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The provision for credit
losses increased $116.5 million to $131.4 million for 2020 compared to $14.9 million for 2019.

We recognized a charge-off of $58.7 million related to a customer fraud from a check kiting scheme during the second quarter of 2020. The fraud was

perpetrated by a single business customer and the customer has plead guilty in a criminal investigation. We continue to pursue all available sources of
recovery to mitigate the loss. The customer also had a lending relationship of $14.8 million, including a $14.0 million commercial real estate loan and an
$0.8 million line of credit which resulted in an additional $8.9 million charge-off in 2020. At December 31, 2020, $5.9 million remains outstanding as a
nonperforming loan that has been fully charged down to the estimated sale price of the collateral.

Excluding the customer fraud loss of $58.7 million, the provision for credit losses increased $57.8 million to $72.7 million for 2020 compared to $14.9
million in 2019. The significant increase in the provision for credit losses during the year was mainly due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and our
adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the hospitality industry resulting in deterioration in our $248
million hotel portfolio.

The impact of COVID-19 was captured in our quantitative reserve as certain impacted loans were downgraded to special mention and substandard and

in our qualitative reserve through our economic forecast and other qualitative adjustments. Commercial special mention, substandard and doubtful loans
increased $281 million to $572 million compared to $290 million at December 31, 2019, with an increase of $162 million in substandard loans, $113
million in special mention loans and $11.4 million in doubtful loans. The increase in both special mention and substandard loans was mainly due to
downgrades in our hotel portfolio. Specific reserves on loans individually assessed increased $11.3 million to $13.5 million compared to $2.2 million in
2019. Included in the $13.5 million of specific reserves was $6.7 million for loans in our hotel portfolio. Specific reserves for hotels were based on
liquidation values from appraisals received in the fourth quarter of 2020. Our qualitative reserve increased $14.1 million in 2020 which included $8.6
million for the economic forecast and $3.2 million for portfolio allocations made in our hotel, business banking and C&I portfolios due to the COVID-19
pandemic. The change in reserve attributed to the economic forecast reflected reductions in the second and third quarters due to an improved economic
forecast. Our forecast covers a period of two years and is driven primarily by national unemployment data. The change attributed to the portfolio
allocations was primarily due to $3.0 million of ACL added for our business banking portfolio.

Net loan charge-offs were $103.4 million, or 1.40% of average loans, in 2020 compared to $13.6 million, or 0.22% of average loans, during 2019.

Excluding the customer fraud, net loan charge-offs were $44.7 million, or 0.60% in 2020.

Refer to the Credit Quality section of this MD&A for further details.

Noninterest Income

(dollars in thousands)
Securities gains, net
Debit and credit card
Service charges on deposit accounts
Mortgage banking
Wealth management
Commercial loan swap income
Other
Total Noninterest Income

NM- percentage change not meaningful

2020
142 
15,093 
11,704 
10,923 
9,957 
4,740 
7,160 
59,719 

$

$

Years Ended December 31,

2019
(26)
13,405 
13,316 
2,491 
8,623 
5,503 
9,246 
52,558 

$

$

$ Change
168 
1,688 
(1,612)
8,432 
1,334 
(763)
(2,086)
7,161 

$

$

% Change
NM
12.6  %
(12.1) %
338.5  %
15.5  %
(13.9) %
(22.6) %
13.6 %

Noninterest income increased $7.2 million, or 13.6 percent, in 2020 compared to 2019. Total noninterest income includes a full-year impact of the

DNB merger for 2020 compared to one month in 2019. Our noninterest income has been negatively impacted due to changes in our customers' behavior
during the pandemic. The increase in noninterest income primarily related

42

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

to higher mortgage banking income of $8.4 million compared to 2019 due to an increase in the volume of loans originated for sale in the secondary market
resulting from a decline in mortgage interest rates. Debit and credit card fees increased $1.7 million compared to the prior year due to increased debit and
credit card usage and the Merger. Wealth management fees increased $1.3 million due to the Merger. The $2.1 million decrease in other noninterest income
was attributable to a change in the valuation of a deferred compensation plan, which has a corresponding offset in salaries and benefit expense resulting in
no impact to net income, a change in the equity securities portfolio and a change in the credit valuation adjustment for our commercial loan swaps for risk
associated with our hotel loan portfolio. Service charges on deposit accounts also decreased $1.6 million due to reduced activity related to the COVID-19
pandemic.

Noninterest Expense

(dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
Data processing and information technology
Net occupancy
Merger-related expenses
Furniture, equipment and software
Marketing
Professional services and legal
Other taxes
FDIC insurance
Other expenses:

Loan related expenses
Joint venture amortization
Supplies
Postage
Amortization of intangibles
Other

Total Other Noninterest Expense

Total Noninterest Expense

NM - percentage not meaningful

$

$

2020
90,115 
15,499 
14,529 
2,342 
11,050 
5,996 
6,394 
6,622 
5,089 

5,044 
3,215 
1,318 
1,262 
2,531 
15,638 
29,008 

Years Ended December 31,

$

2019
83,986 
14,468 
12,103 
11,350 
8,958 
4,631 
4,244 
3,364 
758 

3,250 
2,648 
1,159 
1,082 
836 
14,279 
23,254 

$ Change
6,129 
1,031 
2,426 
(9,008)
2,092 
1,365 
2,150 
3,258 
4,331 

1,794 
567 
159 
180 
1,695 
1,359 
5,754 

$

186,644 

$

167,116 

$

19,528 

% Change
7.3  %
7.1  %
20.0  %
NM
23.4  %
29.5  %
50.7  %
96.8  %
571.4  %

55.2  %
21.4  %
13.7  %
16.6  %
202.8  %
9.5  %
24.7 %

11.7 %

Noninterest expense increased $19.5 million, or 11.7 percent, to $186.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019. Total noninterest expense includes a full-
year impact of the DNB merger for 2020 compared to one month in 2019. Total merger expenses decreased $9.0 million compared to 2019. Total merger
related expenses of $2.3 million in 2020 were comprised of $1.4 million of salaries and employee benefits, $0.4 million for data processing, $0.2 million
for professional services and $0.3 million in various other expenses. The increases in net occupancy expense, furniture, equipment and software and other
taxes related to the DNB merger. The increase in FDIC insurance of $4.3 million was due to the impact of recent results on certain components of the
assessment calculation, such as our net loss in the second quarter of 2020 and also the Small Bank Assessment Credits that were received by all banking
institutions with assets of less than $10 billion in third quarter 2019 that were not received in 2020. Also in addition to the merger, the increase of $3.3
million in other taxes was due to a one-time adjustment related to a state sales tax assessment in 2019. Salaries and employee benefits increased $6.1
million during 2020 primarily due to additional employees, mainly related to the merger, annual merit increases and higher pension expense due to an
increase in retirees electing lump-sum distributions. Partially offsetting these increases were a decrease in restricted stock of $1.7 million and $3.0 million
of deferred origination costs due to PPP loans and increased mortgage activity. Loan related expenses increased $1.8 million due to the customer fraud and
increased mortgage volume. Professional services and legal expenses increased $2.1 million mainly due to higher legal expense.

43

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Federal Income Taxes

The income tax provision was nearly zero compared to $19.1 million in 2019. The decrease in our income tax provision was mainly due to a $96.3

million decrease in net income before taxes in 2020 compared to 2019.

The effective tax rate, which is total tax expense as a percentage of net income before taxes, decreased 16.3 percent in 2020 to a nominal negative
annual effective tax rate compared to 16.3 percent in 2019. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to significantly lower net income before
taxes in 2020 compared to 2019. Historically, we have generated an annual effective tax rate that is less than the statutory rate of 21 percent due to benefits
resulting from tax-exempt interest, excludable dividend income, tax-exempt income on BOLI and tax benefits associated with Low Income Housing Tax
Credits, or LIHTC.

Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2019

Earnings Summary

Net income decreased $7.1 million, or 6.7 percent, to $98.2 million, or $2.82 per diluted share, in 2019 compared to $105.3 million, or $3.01 per
diluted share, in 2018. The 2019 results included $11.4 million, or $0.27 per diluted share, of merger related expenses. The DNB merger results have been
included in our financial statements since the consummation of the merger on November 30, 2019.

The decrease in net income was primarily due to an increase in noninterest expense of $21.7 million, that included $11.4 million of merger related
expenses. This decrease was partially offset by increases in net interest income of $12.4 million and noninterest income of $3.4 million compared to 2018.
Net interest income increased $12.4 million, or 5.3 percent, to $246.8 million compared to $234.4 million in 2018. Average interest-earning assets
increased $335.7 million compared to 2018 to $6.9 billion. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $182.5 million with increases in average interest-
bearing deposits of $460.8 million offset by decreases in borrowings of $278.3 million. Net interest margin, on a fully taxable-equivalent, or FTE, basis
(non-GAAP), remained unchanged at 3.64 percent. Net interest margin is reconciled to net interest income adjusted to an FTE basis below in the "Net
Interest Income" section of this MD&A.

The provision for loan losses was $14.9 million for 2019 compared to $15.0 million in 2018. Net loan charge-offs increased $3.2 million to $13.6
million, or 0.22 percent of average loans, for 2019 compared to $10.4 million, or 0.18 percent of average loans, in 2018. Nonperforming loans increased
$8.0 million and impaired loans increased $25.8 million with an increase in specific reserves of $0.4 million to $2.2 million compared to 2018.

Total noninterest income increased $3.4 million to $52.6 million compared to $49.2 million in 2018. The increase in noninterest income primarily

related to higher commercial loan swap income of $4.3 million compared to 2018 as we continue to see a high demand for this product in the current
interest rate environment. Offsetting this increase was a $1.9 million gain on the sale of a majority interest in S&T Evergreen Insurance, LLC in 2018.
Wealth management fees decreased $1.5 million compared to the prior year due to a decline in financial service revenue.

Noninterest expense increased $21.7 million in part due to merger related expenses of $11.4 million in 2019, an increase of $7.9 million in salaries and

employee benefits and an increase of $3.8 million in data processing and information technology. These expense increases were partially offset by a $2.8
million decrease in other taxes mainly due to a one-time adjustment related to a state sales tax assessment and a decrease of $2.5 million in FDIC insurance
primarily due to Small Bank Assessment Credits that were received during 2019.

The federal income tax provision decrease $1.3 million to $19.1 million in 2019 compared to $17.8 million in 2018. The increase in our 2019 income
tax provision was mainly due to non-recurring items related to the tax benefit from the pension contribution in 2018 offset by the sale of a majority interest
of our insurance business in 2018.

Net Interest Income

Our principal source of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income represents the difference between the interest and fees earned on interest-

earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by changes in the average balance of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in interest rates and spreads. The level and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is
managed by our Asset and Liability Committee, or ALCO, in order to mitigate interest rate and liquidity risks of the balance sheet. A variety of ALCO
strategies were implemented, within prescribed ALCO risk parameters, to produce what we believe is an acceptable level of net interest income.

The interest income on interest-earning assets and the net interest margin are presented on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax benefit of

income on certain tax-exempt loans and securities and the dividend-received deduction for equity

44

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

securities using the federal statutory tax rate of 21 percent for 2019 and 2018 and 35 percent for 2017. We believe this to be the preferred industry
measurement of net interest income that provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable sources of interest income.

The following table reconciles interest income per the Consolidated Statements of Net Income to net interest income and rates on an FTE basis for the

periods presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Total interest income
Total interest expense
Net interest income per Consolidated Statements of Net Income
Adjustment to FTE basis
Net Interest Income (FTE) (non-GAAP)
Net interest margin
Adjustment to FTE basis
Net Interest Margin (FTE) (non-GAAP)

$

$

Years Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

320,484 
73,693 
246,791 
3,757 
250,548 

3.58  %
0.06 
3.64 %

$

$

289,826 
55,388 
234,438 
3,803 
238,241 

3.58  %
0.06 
3.64 %

260,642 
34,909 
225,733 
7,493 
233,226 

3.45  %
0.11 
3.56 %

45

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Income Analysis

The following table provides information regarding the average balances, interest and rates earned on interest-earning assets and the average balances,

interest and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31:

2019

2018

2017

Interest

Rate

Interest

Rate

Interest

Rate

$

$

$

(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
Securities, at fair value
Loans held for sale

(1)(2)

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction

Total commercial loans

Residential mortgage
Home equity
Installment and other consumer
Consumer construction

Total consumer loans

(1)(2)

Total portfolio loans
Total Loans
Federal Home Loan Bank and other restricted
stock
Total Interest-earning Assets
Noninterest-earning assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’
EQUITY

Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit

Total Interest-bearing deposits

Securities sold under repurchase
agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities

Total borrowings
Total Interest-bearing Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Shareholders’ equity

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $
(2)(3)

Net Interest Income 
Net Interest Margin 

(2)(3)

$

$

Average
Balance

59,941 
678,069 
2,169 
2,945,278 
1,575,485 
278,665 
4,799,428 
765,604 
475,149 
72,283 
10,896 
1,323,932 
6,123,360 
6,125,529 

21,833 
6,885,372 
550,164 
7,435,536 

641,403 
1,691,910 
766,142 
1,396,706 
4,496,161 

16,863 
255,264 
66,392 
47,934 
386,453 
4,882,614 
1,569,014 
983,908 
7,435,536 

1,233 
17,876 
84 
144,877 
79,429 
14,237 
238,543 
33,889 
25,208 
5,173 
593 
64,863 
303,406 
303,490 

1,642 
324,241 

3,915 
30,236 
1,928 
26,947 
63,026 

110 
6,416 
1,831 
2,310 
10,667 
73,693 

$

$

Average
Balance

56,210 
682,806 
1,515 
2,779,096 
1,441,560 
314,265 
4,534,921 
696,849 
474,538 
67,047 
5,336 
1,243,770 
5,778,691 
5,780,206 

30,457 
6,549,679 
494,149 
7,043,828 

570,459 
1,299,185 
836,747 
1,328,985 
4,035,376 

45,992 
525,172 
47,986 
45,619 
664,769 
4,700,145 
1,435,328 
908,355 
7,043,828 

1,042 
17,860 
85 
132,139 
67,770 
15,067 
214,976 
29,772 
22,981 
4,594 
267 
57,614 
272,590 
272,675 

2,052 
293,629 

1,883 
18,228 
1,773 
18,972 
40,856 

221 
11,082 
1,129 
2,100 
14,532 
55,388 

2.06  % $
2.64  %
3.88  %
4.92  %
5.04  %
5.11  %
4.97 %
4.43  %
5.31  %
7.16  %
5.44  %
4.90 %
4.95 %
4.95 %

7.52  %
4.71 %

$

0.61  % $
1.79  %
0.25  %
1.93  %
1.40 %

0.65  %
2.51  %
2.76  %
4.82  %
2.76 %
1.51 %

$

3.64 %

$

$

Average
Balance

56,344 
698,460 
14,607 
2,638,766 
1,425,421 
426,574 
4,490,761 
699,843 
484,023 
69,163 
4,631 
1,257,660 
5,748,421 
5,763,028 

31,989 
6,549,821 
510,411 
7,060,232 

637,526 
994,783 
988,504 
1,439,711 
4,060,524 

46,662 
644,864 
18,057 
45,619 
755,202 
4,815,726 
1,372,376 
872,130 
7,060,232 

578 
17,320 
581 
114,484 
61,976 
17,384 
193,844 
28,741 
20,866 
4,521 
201 
54,329 
248,173 
248,754 

1,483 
268,135 

1,418 
7,853 
2,081 
13,978 
25,330 

54 
7,399 
463 
1,663 
9,579 
34,909 

1.85  % $
2.62  %
5.60  %
4.75  %
4.70  %
4.79  %
4.74 %
4.27  %
4.84  %
6.85  %
5.00  %
4.63 %
4.72 %
4.72 %

6.74  %
4.48 %

$

0.33  % $
1.40  %
0.21  %
1.43  %
1.01 %

0.48  %
2.11  %
2.35  %
4.60  %
2.19 %
1.18 %

$

3.64 %

$

250,548 

$

238,241 

$

233,226 

1.03  %
2.48  %
3.98  %
4.34  %
4.35  %
4.08  %
4.32 %
4.11  %
4.31  %
6.54  %
4.35  %
4.32 %
4.32 %
4.32 %

4.64  %
4.09 %

0.22  %
0.79  %
0.21  %
0.97  %
0.62 %

0.12  %
1.15  %
2.57  %
3.65  %
1.27 %
0.72 %

3.56 %

(1)

(2)

(3)

Nonaccruing loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding.
Tax-exempt income is on an FTE basis using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent for 2019 and 2018 and 35 percent for 2017.
Taxable investment income is adjusted for the dividend-received deduction for equity securities.

46

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

The following table sets forth for the periods presented a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume

and changes in rates:

(dollars in thousands)
Interest earned on:
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
Securities, at fair value
Loans held for sale

(2)(3)

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction

Total commercial loans

Residential mortgage
Home equity
Installment and other consumer
Consumer construction

Total consumer loans

(1)(2)

Total portfolio loans
Total loans 
Federal Home Loan Bank and other restricted stock
Change in Interest Earned on Interest-earning Assets

Interest paid on:

Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit
Total interest-bearing deposits

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities

Total borrowings
Change in Interest Paid on Interest-bearing Liabilities
Change in Net Interest Income

2019 Compared to 2018
Increase (Decrease) Due to

2018 Compared to 2017 
Increase (Decrease) Due to

Volume

(4)

Rate

(4)

Net

Volume

(4)

Rate

(4)

Net

$

$

$

$
$

69  $

(124)
37 
7,902 
6,296 
(1,707)
12,491 
2,937 
30 
359 
278 
3,604 
16,095 
16,132 
(581)
15,496  $

234  $

5,510 
(150)
967 
6,561 
(140)
(5,696)
433 
107 
(5,296)
1,265  $
14,231  $

122  $
140 
(38)
4,836 
5,363 
877 
11,076 
1,180 
2,197 
220 
48 
3,645 
14,721 
14,683 
171 
15,116  $

1,798  $
6,498 
305 
7,008 
15,609 
29 
1,030 
269 
103 
1,431 
17,040  $
(1,924) $

191 
16 
(1)
12,738 
11,659 
(830)
23,567 
4,117 
2,227 
579 
326 
7,249 
30,816 
30,815 
(410)
30,612 

2,032 
12,008 
155 
7,975 
22,170 
(111)
(4,666)
702 
210 
(3,865)
18,305 
12,307 

$

$

$

$
$

(1) $

(388)
(521)
6,088 
702 
(4,577)
2,213 
(123)
(409)
(138)
31 
(639)
1,574 
1,053 
(71)
593  $

(149) $
2,403 
(319)
(1,075)
860 
(1)
(1,373)
767 
— 
(607)
253  $
340  $

465  $
928 
25 
11,567 
5,092 
2,260 
18,919 
1,154 
2,524 
211 
35 
3,924 
22,843 
22,868 
640 
24,901  $

614  $

7,972 
11 
6,069 
14,666 
168 
5,056 
(101)
437 
5,560 
20,226  $
4,675  $

464 
540 
(496)
17,655 
5,794 
(2,317)
21,132 
1,031 
2,115 
73 
66 
3,285 
24,417 
23,921 
569 
25,494 

465 
10,375 
(308)
4,994 
15,526 
167 
3,683 
666 
437 
4,953 
20,479 
5,015 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Nonaccruing loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding.
Tax-exempt income is on an FTE basis using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent for 2019 and 2018 and 35 percent for 2017.
Taxable investment income is adjusted for the dividend-received deduction for equity securities.
Changes to rate/volume are allocated to both rate and volume on a proportionate dollar basis.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) increased $12.3 million, or 5.2 percent, compared to 2018. The net interest margin on an FTE basis

(non-GAAP) remained unchanged at 3.64 percent.

Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) increased $30.6 million, or 10.4 percent, compared to 2018. The increase was primarily due to an

increase in average interest-earning assets of $335.7 million and higher short-term interest rates compared to 2018. Average loan balances increased $345.3
million and the average rate earned on loans increased 23 basis points primarily due to higher average short-term interest rates. Average investment
securities decreased $4.7 million and the average rate earned increased two basis points. Overall, the FTE rate on interest-earning assets (non-GAAP)
increased 23 basis points compared to 2018.

47

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Interest expense increased $18.3 million compared to 2018. The increase was primarily due to an increase in costing liabilities of $182.5 million and

higher average short-term interest rates. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $460.8 million. Average money market balances increased $392.7
million and the average rate paid increased 39 basis points due to higher average short-term interest rates and promotional pricing. Average non-interest
bearing deposits also increased $99.6 million. Average borrowings decreased $278.3 million due to increased deposits and the average rate paid increased
57 basis points due to higher average short-term interest rates. Overall, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 33 basis points compared to 2018.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is the adjustment to the ALL after net loan charge-offs have been deducted to bring the ALL to a level determined to be

adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses was$14.9 million for 2019 compared to $15.0 million for
2018.

Commercial special mention, substandard and doubtful loans decreased $11.6 million to $258.7 million compared to $270.3 million at December 31,
2018, with a decrease of $28.5 million in substandard loans offset by increases of $16.5 million in special mention loans and $0.4 million in doubtful loans.
The decrease in substandard loans was mainly due to loan pay-offs and upgrades of risk ratings. Special mention loans increased due to upgrades from
substandard and other downgrades as a result of updated financial information.

Impaired loans increased $25.8 million to $75.3 million at December 31, 2019 compared to $49.5 million at December 31, 2018 with an increase in
specific reserves of $0.4 million compared to December 31, 2018. The increase in specific reserves related to a new $5.4 million CRE impaired loan in the
third quarter of 2019 that required a $0.8 million specific reserve at December 31, 2019. Other new significant impaired loans during 2019 did not require a
specific reserve.

Net charge-offs increased $3.2 million to $13.6 million, or 0.22 percent of average loans in 2019, compared to $10.4 million, or 0.18 percent of

average loans in 2018.

Total nonperforming loans increased $8.0 million to $54.1 million, or 0.76 percent of total loans at December 31, 2019, compared to $46.1 million, or

0.77 percent of total loans at December 31, 2018. The increase in nonperforming loans is primarily related to a $10.0 million C&I loan that moved to
nonperforming, impaired during the fourth quarter of 2019.

The ALL at December 31, 2019, was $62.2 million, or 0.87 percent of total portfolio loans, compared to $61.0 million, or 1.03 percent of total

portfolio loans at December 31, 2018. The decrease in the level of ALL as a percent of total portfolio loans is due to the DNB merger which added $899.3
million of loans with no carry-over of ALL. Acquired loans are recorded at fair value at the time of merger. Refer to the Allowance for Loan Losses section
of this MD&A for further details.

Noninterest Income

(dollars in thousands)
Securities gains, net
Service charges on deposit accounts
Debit and credit card
Wealth management
Commercial loan swap income
Insurance
Mortgage banking
Gain on sale of a majority interest of insurance business
Other Income:

Bank owned life insurance
Letter of credit origination
Other

Total Other Noninterest Income

Total Noninterest Income

NM- percentage change not meaningful

Years Ended December 31,

$

$

2019
(26)
13,316 
13,405 
8,623 
5,503 
355 
2,491 
— 

1,971 
1,058 
5,862 
8,891 

$

2018
— 
13,096 
12,679 
10,084 
1,225 
505 
2,762 
1,873 

2,041 
1,064 
3,852 
6,957 

$

52,558 

$

49,181 

$

$ Change
(26)
220 
726 
(1,461)
4,278 
(150)
(271)
(1,873)

(70)
(6)
2,010 
1,934 

3,377 

% Change
NM
1.7  %
5.7  %
(14.5) %
349.2  %
(29.7) %
(9.8) %
NM

(3.4) %
(0.6) %
52.2  %
27.8 %

6.9 %

Noninterest income increased $3.4 million, or 6.9 percent, in 2019 compared to 2018. The increase in noninterest income primarily related to higher

commercial loan swap income of $4.3 million compared to 2018 as we continue to see a high demand for this product in the current interest rate
environment. The $1.9 million increase in other noninterest income was primarily attributable to a change in the valuation of our rabbi trust related to a
deferred compensation plan, which has a

48

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

corresponding offset in salaries and benefit expense resulting in no impact to net income. Offsetting these increases was a $1.9 million gain on the sale of a
majority interest in S&T Evergreen Insurance, LLC in 2018. Wealth management fees decreased $1.5 million due to a decline in financial service revenue.
Debit and credit card fees increased $0.7 million compared to the prior year due to increased debit and credit card usage. Service charges on deposit
accounts also increased $0.2 million due to increases in fees.

Noninterest Expense

(dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
Data processing and information technology
Net occupancy
Merger-related expenses
Furniture, equipment and software
Marketing
Professional services and legal
Other taxes
FDIC Insurance
Other expenses:

Loan related expenses
Joint venture amortization
Supplies
Postage
Amortization of intangibles
Other

Total Other Noninterest Expense

Total Noninterest Expense

$

$

2019
83,986 
14,468 
12,103 
11,350 
8,958 
4,631 
4,244 
3,364 
758 

3,250 
2,648 
1,159 
1,082 
836 
14,279 
23,254 

Years Ended December 31,

$

2018
76,108 
10,633 
11,097 
— 
8,083 
4,192 
4,132 
6,183 
3,238 

2,268 
2,701 
1,080 
1,077 
846 
13,807 
21,779 

$ Change
7,878 
3,835 
1,006 
11,350 
875 
439 
112 
(2,819)
(2,480)

982 
(53)
79 
5 
(10)
472 
1,475 

$

167,116 

$

145,445 

$

21,671 

% Change
10.4  %
36.1  %
9.1  %
NM
10.8  %
10.5  %
2.7  %
(45.6) %
(76.6) %

43.3  %
(2.0) %
7.3  %
0.5  %
(1.2) %
3.4  %
6.8 %

14.9 %

Noninterest expense increased $21.7 million, or 14.9 percent, to $167.1 million in 2019 compared to 2018. Total merger related expenses of $11.4
million were comprised of $4.7 million for data processing, $3.4 million of salaries and employee benefits, mainly related to severance payments, $2.8
million for professional services and $0.5 million in various other expenses. Salaries and employee benefits increased $7.9 million during 2019 primarily
due to additional employees, annual merit increases, and higher pension and incentive expense. Data processing and information technology increased $3.8
million compared to 2018 due to the outsourcing agreement for certain components of our information technology function and the annual increase with
our third-party data processor. These increases were partially offset by a $2.8 million decrease in other taxes due to a one-time adjustment related to a state
sales tax assessment. FDIC insurance decreased $2.5 million related to Small Bank Assessment Credits that were received by all banking institutions with
assets of less than $10 billion and improvements in our financial ratios which are used to determine the assessment.

Our efficiency ratio (non-GAAP), which measures noninterest expense as a percent of noninterest income plus net interest income, on an FTE basis,
excluding security gains/losses and $11.4 million of merger related expenses, was 51.39 percent for 2019 and 50.60 percent for 2018. Refer to Explanation
of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures in Part II, Item 6 Selected Financial Data in this Report for a discussion of this non-GAAP financial measure.

Federal Income Taxes

The income tax provision increased $1.3 million to $19.1 million in 2019 compared to $17.8 million in 2018. The increase in our 2019 income tax
provision was mainly due to non-recurring items related to the tax benefit from the pension contribution in 2018 offset by the sale of a majority interest of
our insurance business in 2018.

The effective tax rate, which is total tax expense as a percentage of net income before taxes, increased to 16.3 percent in 2019 compared to 14.5
percent in 2018. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to lower net income before taxes in 2019 compared to 2018. Historically, we have
generated an annual effective tax rate that is less than the statutory rate of 21 percent due to benefits resulting from tax-exempt interest, excludable
dividend income, tax-exempt income on BOLI and tax benefits associated with Low Income Housing Tax Credits, or LIHTC.

49

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Financial Condition
December 31, 2020

Total assets increased $203.2 million to $9.0 billion at December 31, 2020 compared to $8.8 billion at December 31, 2019. Total portfolio loans
increased $88.7 million to $7.2 billion at December 31, 2020 compared to $7.1 billion at December 31, 2019. The increase in portfolio loans primarily
related to growth in the commercial loan portfolio of $160.9 million with increases of $233.6 million in C&I, which included $465.5 million of loans from
the PPP, and $98.8 million in commercial construction offset by a decrease of $171.5 million in the CRE portfolio compared to December 31, 2019.
Excluding the PPP loans, portfolio loans decreased $376.8 million compared to December 31, 2019 due to decreased activity related to the COVID-19
pandemic. Consumer loans decreased $72.2 million compared to December 31, 2019 primarily due to a decrease in the residential mortgage portfolio of
$80.2 million.

Securities decreased $10.6 million to $773.7 million at December 31, 2020 from $784.3 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease in securities is

primarily due to a reduction in overall investing activities mainly during the first half of the year due to the declining interest rate environment. These
reductions were partially offset by increases in unrealized gains. The bond portfolio had an unrealized gain of $33.4 million at December 31, 2020
compared to $10.7 million at December 31, 2019 due to a decrease in interest rates.

Our deposits increased $384.0 million, with total deposits of $7.4 billion at December 31, 2020 compared to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2019.
Customer deposits increased $676.2 million from December 31, 2019. The increase in customer deposits primarily related to PPP and stimulus programs
along with customers conservatively holding cash deposits during these uncertain times. Customer noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $563.9
million, interest-bearing demand increased $102.4 million, money market deposits increased $37.4 million and savings increased $138.6 million offset by a
decrease in certificates of deposit of $166.1 million. Total brokered deposits decreased $292.2 million from December 31, 2019 due to the customer deposit
growth. Brokered deposits are an additional source of funds utilized by ALCO as a way to diversify funding sources, as well as manage our funding costs
and structure.

Total borrowings decreased $188.5 million to $227.9 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $416.4 million at December 31, 2019 due to an
increase in deposits. The decrease in borrowings primarily related to a decline in short-term borrowings of $206.3 million offset by an increase in securities
sold under repurchase agreements of $45.3 million due to demand for the product by our REPO customers.

Total shareholders’ equity decreased by $37.3 million to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2020 compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2019. The
decrease was primarily due to the previously disclosed fraud loss, net of tax, of $46.3 million that significantly decreased net income to $21.0 million for
2020. Net income was offset by decreases from the cumulative-effect adjustment related to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Credit Losses, of $22.6 million,
share repurchases of $12.6 million, and dividends of $43.9 million and increased by a $20.6 million increase in other comprehensive income. The increase
in other comprehensive income was primarily due to a $18.0 million increase in unrealized gains on our available-for-sale securities, net of tax, and a $2.8
million change in the funded status of our employee benefit plans.

Securities Activity

The balances and average rates of our securities portfolio are presented below as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Residential mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Commercial mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Corporate securities
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Marketable equity securities
Total Securities

(1)

$

$

Balance
10,282 
82,904 

209,296 

67,778 

273,681 
2,025 
124,427 
3,300 
773,693 

2020

2019

2018

Weighted-
Average
Yield

1.87  % $
2.28  %

2.23  %

1.26  %

2.41  %
3.90  %
3.49  %
2.90  %
2.42 % $

Balance
10,040 
157,697 

189,348 

22,418 

275,870 
7,627 
116,133 
5,150 
784,283 

Weighted-
Average
Yield

1.87  % $
2.20  %

2.68  %

2.95  %

2.42  %
4.35  %
3.45  %
2.77  %
2.56 % $

Balance
9,736 
128,261 

148,659 

24,350 

246,784 
— 
122,266 
4,816 
684,872 

Weighted-
Average
Yield
1.87  %
2.30  %

2.71  %

3.43  %

2.38  %
—  %
3.43  %
3.02  %
2.65 %

(1)

 Weighted-average yields are calculated on a taxable-equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21 percent for 2020, 2019 and 2018.

50

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

We invest in various securities in order to maintain a source of liquidity, to satisfy various pledging requirements, to increase net interest income, and
as a tool of ALCO to reposition the balance sheet for interest rate risk purposes. Securities are subject to market risks that could negatively affect the level
of liquidity available to us. Security purchases are subject to an investment policy approved annually by our Board of Directors and administered through
ALCO and our treasury function. Securities decreased $10.6 million to $773.7 million at December 31, 2020 from $784.3 million at December 31, 2019.
The decrease in securities is primarily due to a reduction in overall investing activities mainly during the first half of the year due to the declining interest
rate environment. These reductions were partially offset by increases in unrealized gains.

At December 31, 2020 our bond portfolio was in a net unrealized gain position of $33.4 million compared to a net unrealized gain position of $10.7
million at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2020, total gross unrealized gains in the bond portfolio were $33.5 million compared to December 31,
2019, when total gross unrealized gains were $11.7 million offset by gross unrealized losses of $1.0 million. Management evaluates the securities portfolio
to determine if an ACL is needed each quarter. We did not record an ACL related to the securities portfolio at December 31, 2020.

Management evaluates the bond portfolio for impairment on a quarterly basis. The unrealized losses on debt securities were primarily attributable to

changes in interest rates and not related to the credit quality of these securities. All debt securities were determined to be investment grade and paying
principal and interest according to the contractual terms of the security at December 31, 2020. We do not intend to sell and it is more likely than not that we
will not be required to sell any of the securities in an unrealized loss position before recovery of their amortized cost. We did not recognize any impairment
charges on our securities portfolio in 2020, 2019 or 2018. The performance of the debt securities markets could generate impairments in future periods
requiring realized losses to be reported.

The following table sets forth the maturities of securities at December 31, 2020 and the weighted average yields of such securities. Taxable-equivalent

adjustments for 2020 have been made in calculating yields on obligations of state and political subdivisions.

(dollars in thousands)
Available-for-Sale
U.S. Treasury securities
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and
agencies
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S.
government corporations and agencies
Residential mortgage-backed securities of U.S.
government corporations and agencies
Commercial mortgage-backed securities of U.S.
government corporations and agencies
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Corporate Bonds
Marketable equity securities
Total

 (1)

Within
One Year

After
One But within
Five Years

Maturing
After
Five But Within
Ten Years

After
Ten Years

No Fixed
Maturity

Amount

Yield

Amount

Yield

Amount

Yield

Amount

Yield

Amount

Yield

$

— 

—  % $

10,282 

1.87  % $

10,152 

2.17  %

72,752 

2.29  %

— 

— 

—  % $

—  %

— 

— 

—  % $

—  %

— 

— 

— 
30,854 
18 
— 

—  %

—  %

—  %
3.90  %
8.25  %
—  %

13,947 

2.51  %

89,887 

2.80  %

105,462 

1.71  %

744 

5.06  %

5,400 

2.70  %

61,634 

1.09  %

190,345 
26,009 
499 
— 

2.47  %
3.25  %
3.42  %
—  %

83,336 
43,765 
1,508 
— 

2.28  %
3.51  %
4.01  %
—  %

— 
23,799 
— 
— 

— 
3.13  %
—  %
—  %

$

41,024   

$

314,578   

$

223,896   

$

190,895   

$

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
3,300 
3,300   

—  %

—%

—%

—%

—%
—  %
—%
2.90  %

2.90 %

Weighted Average Yield

3.47 %  

2.48 %  

2.75 %  

1.69 %  

(1)

 Weighted-average yields are calculated on a taxable-equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21 percent for 2020.

51

 
Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Lending Activity

The following table summarizes our loan portfolio as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands) 
Commercial

Commercial real estate
Commercial and
industrial
Commercial construction
Total Commercial Loans

Consumer

Residential mortgage
Home equity
Installment and other
consumer
Consumer construction
Total Consumer Loans

2020

Amount

2019

2018

2017

2016

% of
Total

Amount

% of
Total

Amount

% of
Total

Amount

% of
Total

Amount

% of
Total

$

3,244,974 

44.91 % $

3,416,518 

47.87 % $

2,921,832 

49.13 % $

2,685,994 

44.62 % $

2,498,476 

44.53 %

1,954,453 
474,280 
5,673,707 

918,398 
535,165 

80,915 
17,675 
1,552,153 

27.05 %
6.56 %
78.52 %

12.71 %
7.41 %

1.11 %
0.24 %
21.48 %

1,720,833 
375,445 
5,512,796 

998,585 
538,348 

79,033 
8,390 
1,624,356 

24.11 %
5.26 %
77.24 %

13.99 %
7.54 %

1.10 %
0.12 %
22.76 %

1,493,416 
257,197 
4,672,445 

726,679 
471,562 

67,546 
8,416 
1,274,203 

25.11 %
4.33 %
78.57 %

12.22 %
7.93 %

1.13 %
0.14 %
21.43 %

1,433,266 
384,334 
4,503,594 

698,774 
487,326 

67,204 
4,551 
1,257,855 

24.88 %
6.67 %
78.17 %

12.13 %
8.46 %

1.17 %
0.08 %
21.83 %

1,401,035 
455,884 
4,355,395 

701,982 
482,284 

65,852 
5,906 
1,256,024 

24.97 %
8.12 %
77.62 %

12.51 %
8.59 %

1.17 %
0.11 %
22.38 %

Total Portfolio Loans

$

7,225,860 

100.00 % $

7,137,152 

100.00 % $

5,946,648 

100.00 % $

5,761,449 

100.00 % $

5,611,419 

100.00 %

The loan portfolio represents the most significant source of interest income for us. The risk that borrowers will be unable to pay such obligations is

inherent in the loan portfolio. Other conditions such as downturns in the borrower’s industry or the overall economic climate can significantly impact the
borrower’s ability to pay.

We maintain a General Lending Policy to control the quality of our loan portfolio. The policy delegates the authority to extend loans under specific

guidelines and underwriting standards. The General Lending Policy is formulated by management and reviewed and ratified annually by the Board of
Directors.

Total portfolio loans increased $88.7 million, or 1.2 percent, to $7.2 billion at December 31, 2020 compared to $7.1 billion at December 31, 2019.

Commercial and industrial loans, or C&I, included $465.5 million of loans originated under the PPP at December 31, 2020. On March 27, 2020, the
Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security, or CARES Act was signed into law. The CARES Act included the PPP, a program designed to aid small
and medium sized businesses through federally guaranteed loans distributed through banks. PPP loans are forgivable, in whole or in part, if the proceeds
are used for payroll and other permitted expenses in accordance with the requirements of the PPP. The loans are 100 percent guaranteed by the SBA. These
loans carry a fixed rate of 1.00 percent and a term of two years, or five years for loans approved by the SBA, on or after June 5, 2020. Payments are
deferred for at least six months of the loan. The SBA pays us a processing fee ranging from 1 percent to 5 percent based on the size of the loan. Interest is
accrued as earned and loan origination fees and direct costs are deferred and accreted or amortized into interest income over the life of the loan using the
level yield method. When a PPP loan is paid off or forgiven by the SBA, the remaining unaccreted or unamortized net origination fees or costs will be
immediately recognized into income.

Commercial loans, including CRE, C&I and commercial construction, comprised 78.5 percent of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2020 and 77.2

percent at December 31, 2019. The increase of $160.9 million in commercial loans related to $233.6 million in C&I, which included $465.5 million of
loans from the PPP, and $98.8 million in commercial construction loans offset by a decrease of $171.5 million in CRE compared to December 31, 2019.
Excluding the PPP loans, portfolio loans decreased $376.8 million compared to December 31, 2019 due to decreased activity related to the COVID-19
pandemic.

Consumer loans represent 21.5 percent of our total portfolio loans at December 31, 2020 and 22.8 percent at December 31, 2019. Consumer loans
decreased $72.2 million compared to December 31, 2019 with decreases of $80.2 million in residential mortgages and $3.2 million in home equity loans
offset by increases in consumer construction of $9.3 million and installment and other consumer of $1.9 million. Residential mortgage lending continues to
be a focus through a centralized mortgage origination department, secondary market activities and the utilization of commission compensated originators.
Management believes that continued adherence to our conservative mortgage lending policies for portfolio mortgage loans will continue to be important.
The LTV policy guideline is 80 percent for residential first lien mortgages. Higher LTV loans may be approved with the appropriate private mortgage
insurance coverage. We primarily limit our fixed rate portfolio mortgage loans to a maximum term of 20 years for traditional mortgages, 30 year fixed rate
construction loans and adjustable rate or balloon mortgages with a maximum amortization term of 30 years. We may originate home equity loans with a
lien position that is second to unrelated third party lenders, but normally only to the extent that the combined LTV considering both the first and second
liens does not

52

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

exceed 100 percent of the fair value of the property. Combo mortgage loans consisting of a residential first mortgage and a home equity second mortgage
are also available.

We originate and sell loans into the secondary market, primarily to Fannie Mae. We sell these loans in order to mitigate interest-rate risk associated
with holding lower rate, long-term residential mortgages in the loan portfolio and to generate fee revenue from sales and servicing of the loans. During
2020 and 2019, we sold $345.1 million and $94.5 million of 1-4 family mortgages to Fannie Mae. Our servicing portfolio of mortgage loans that we had
originated and sold into the secondary market was $718.2 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $509.2 million at December 31, 2019.

We also offer a variety of unsecured and secured consumer loan products. LTV guidelines for direct loans are generally 90-100 percent of invoice for

new automobiles and 80-90 percent of National Automobile Dealer Association value for used automobiles.

The following table presents the maturity of commercial and consumer loans outstanding as of December 31, 2020:

(dollars in thousands)
Fixed interest rates
Variable interest rates
Total Commercial Loans

Fixed interest rates
Variable interest rates
Total Consumer Loans

Total Portfolio Loans

Credit Quality

Maturity

Within One
Year
593,709 
784,722 
1,378,431 

65,145 
462,809 
527,954 

1,906,385 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

After One But
Within Five
Years
790,383 
1,549,532 
2,339,915 

After Five Years
401,829 
$
1,553,533 
1,955,362 

$

190,800 
111,106 
301,906 

2,641,821 

$

$

279,026 
443,266 
722,292 

2,677,654 

Total
1,785,921 
3,887,787 
5,673,708 

534,971 
1,017,181 
1,552,152 

7,225,860 

$

$

$

$

On a quarterly basis, a criticized asset meeting is held to monitor all special mention and substandard loans greater than $1.5 million. These loans
typically represent the highest risk of loss to us. Action plans are established and these loans are monitored through regular contact with the borrower,
review of current financial information and other documentation, review of all loan or potential loan restructures or modifications and the regular re-
evaluation of assets held as collateral.

Additional credit risk management practices include periodic review and update of our lending policies and procedures to support sound underwriting

practices and portfolio management through portfolio stress testing. We have a portfolio monitoring process in place that includes a review of all
commercial loans greater than $1.5 million. Commercial loans less than $1.5 million are monitored through portfolio management software that identifies
credit risk indicators. Our Loan Review process serves to independently monitor credit quality and assess the effectiveness of credit risk management
practices to provide oversight of all corporate lending activities. The Loan Review function has the primary responsibility for assessing commercial credit
administration and credit decision functions of consumer and mortgage underwriting, as well as providing input to the loan risk rating process.

53

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Nonperforming assets, or NPAs, consist of nonaccrual loans, nonaccrual TDRs and OREO. The following represents NPAs as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming Loans

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Residential mortgage
Home equity
Installment and other consumer
Consumer construction
Total Nonperforming Loans

Nonperforming Troubled Debt Restructurings

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Residential mortgage
Home Equity
Installment and other consumer

Total Nonperforming Troubled Debt Restructurings

Total Nonperforming Loans

OREO

Total Nonperforming Assets

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

$

$

87,951 
13,430 
384 
11,567 
4,057 
96 
— 
117,485 

17,062 
9,907 
— 
1,441 
879 
— 
29,289 

146,774 

2,155 
148,929 

$

$

22,427 
13,287 
737 
6,697 
1,961 
36 
— 
45,145 

6,713 
695 
— 
822 
678 
4 
8,912 

54,057 

3,525 
57,582 

$

$

11,085 
5,763 
11,780 
3,543 
2,719 
33 
— 
34,923 

967 
3,197 
2,413 
3,585 
979 
9 
11,150 

46,073 

3,092 
49,165 

$

$

2,501 
2,449 
1,460 
3,580 
2,736 
62 
— 
12,788 

646 
4,493 
430 
5,068 
954 
7 
11,598 

24,386 

469 
24,855 

$

$

15,526 
3,578 
4,497 
4,850 
2,485 
101 
— 
31,037 

3,548 
1,570 
1,265 
665 
523 
88 
7,659 

38,696 

679 
39,375 

Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total loans plus OREO

2.03 %
2.06 %

0.76 %
0.81 %

0.77 %
0.83 %

0.42 %
0.42 %

0.76 %
0.77 %

Our policy is to place loans in all categories in nonaccrual status when collection of interest or principal is doubtful, or generally when interest or
principal payments are 90 days or more past due. We had $0.5 million of loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing at December 31, 2020 related to
the DNB merger and $3.8 million of loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing at December 31, 2019. The DNB merger loans were recorded at fair
value at the time of acquisition.

Nonperforming loans increased $92.7 million to $146.8 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $54.1 million at December 31, 2019. The
significant increase in nonperforming loans primarily related to the addition of $56.3 million of hotel loans which moved to nonperforming during the
fourth quarter of 2020 as a result of continued deterioration due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Also moving to nonperforming during 2020 were $11.3
million and $6.7 million CRE relationships, which experienced financial deterioration that led to cash flow shortfalls, a $5.9 million CRE relationship,
which was associated with the customer fraud and a $15.1 million C&I relationship, which experienced financial deterioration that led to cash flow
shortfalls. The $11.3 million CRE relationship became a performing TDR in the third quarter of 2019. The relationship then moved to nonperforming in the
first quarter of 2020 when the borrower experienced financial deterioration that led to cash flow issues.

TDRs are loans where we, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grant a concession to the borrower that we would

not otherwise grant. We strive to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify the terms before their loan reaches
nonaccrual status. These modified terms generally include extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new
loan with similar risk characteristics, reductions in contractual interest rates or principal deferment. While unusual, there may be instances of principal
forgiveness. These modifications are generally for longer term periods that would not be considered insignificant. Additionally, we classify loans where the
debt obligation has been discharged through a Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower as TDRs.

An accruing loan that is modified into a TDR can remain in accrual status if, based on a current credit analysis, collection of principal and interest in

accordance with the modified terms is reasonably assured and the borrower has demonstrated sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable
period before the modification. All commercial TDRs are individually evaluated and all consumer TDRs are reserved for at the pool level based on their
similar risk characteristics. For all commercial TDRs, regardless of size, we conduct further analysis to determine the loss and assign a specific reserve to
the loan if deemed appropriate. TDRs can be returned to accruing status if the ultimate collectability of all contractual amounts due,

54

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

according to the restructured agreement, is not in doubt and there is a period of a minimum of six months of satisfactory payment performance by the
borrower either immediately before or after the restructuring.

As an example, consider a substandard commercial construction loan that is currently 90 days past due where the loan is restructured to extend the
maturity date for a period longer than would be considered an insignificant period of time. The post-modification interest rate given to the borrower is
considered to be lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk and all other terms remain the same according to the original loan
agreement. This loan will be considered a TDR as the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession has been granted due to the long
extension of the maturity date, resulting in payment delay as well as the rate being lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. The
loan will be reported as nonaccrual TDR and will be individually evaluated. In addition, the loan could be charged down to the fair value of the collateral if
a confirmed loss exists. If the loan subsequently performs, by means of making on-time principal and interest payments according to the newly restructured
terms for a period of six months, and it is expected that all remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the terms of the restructured
agreement, the loan will be returned to accrual status and reported as an accruing TDR.

TDRs increased $0.8 million to $46.7 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $45.9 million at December 31, 2019. Total TDRs of $46.7 million at

December 31, 2020 included $17.4 million, or 37.3 percent, that were performing and $29.3 million, or 62.7 percent, that were not performing. This is an
increase from December 31, 2019 when we had $45.9 million in TDRs, including $37.0 million that were performing and $8.9 million that were
nonperforming. The significant increase in nonperforming TDRs during 2020 primarily related to an $11.3 million CRE relationship that moved to
nonperforming in the first quarter of 2020 due to financial deterioration that led to cash flow shortfalls. The loan was modified to reduce monthly payments
and became a TDR during the third quarter of 2019. During the third quarter of 2020, $10.1 million was charged-off when the customer notified the bank
they planned to cease operations. The increase in nonperforming TDRs during 2020 was also attributed to the addition of a $9.6 million C&I loan that was
modified during the fourth quarter of 2020. The modification granted a concession to the borrower that resulted in a payment delay.

Loan modifications resulting in new TDRs during 2020 included 40 modifications for $22.7 million compared to 53 modifications for $32.2 million of

new TDRs in 2019. Included in the 2020 new TDRs were 23 loans totaling $1.0 million related to consumer bankruptcy filings that were not reaffirmed,
thus resulting in discharged debt, which compares to 36 loans totaling $1.1 million in 2019.

55

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

The following represents delinquency as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
90 days or more:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and Industrial
Commercial construction
Residential mortgage
Home equity
Installment and other consumer
Consumer construction

Total Loans

30 to 89 days:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Residential mortgage
Home equity
Installment and other consumer
Consumer construction
Loans held for sale

Total Loans

2020

Amount

105,014 
23,337 
384 
13,008 
4,935 
96 
— 
146,774 

415 
1,161 
3,641 
2,156 
1,274 
205 
— 
— 
8,852 

$

% of
Loans

3.24  %
1.19  %
0.08  %
1.42  %
0.92  %
0.12  %
—  %

2.03 % $

$

0.01  %
0.04  %
0.01  %
0.05  %
0.18  %
0.21  %
—  %
—  %

0.12 % $

$

$

$

$

2019

Amount

29,140 
13,982 
737 
7,519 
2,639 
40 
— 
54,057 

10,311 
4,886 
2,119 
3,743 
2,200 
718 
— 
— 
23,977 

$

% of
Loans

0.85  %
0.81  %
0.20  %
0.75  %
0.49  %
0.05  %
—  %

0.76 % $

$

0.28  %
0.17  %
0.25  %
0.20  %
0.38  %
0.54  %
—  %
—  %

0.34 % $

2018

Amount

12,052 
8,960 
14,193 
7,128 
3,698 
42 
— 
46,073 

5,783 
1,983 
— 
2,104 
2,712 
223 
— 
— 
12,805 

$

% of
Loans

0.41  %
0.60  %
5.52  %
0.98  %
0.78  %
0.06  %
—  %

0.77 % $

$

0.20  %
0.13  %
—  %
0.29  %
0.58  %
0.33  %
—  %
—  %

0.22 % $

2017

Amount

3,468 
5,646 
3,873 
7,165 
3,715 
71 
— 
23,938 

1,131 
866 
2,493 
4,414 
2,655 
363 
— 
— 
11,922 

$

% of
Loans

0.13  %
0.39  %
1.01  %
1.03  %
0.76  %
0.11  %
—  %

0.42 % $

$

0.04  %
0.06  %
0.65  %
0.63  %
0.54  %
0.54  %
—  %
—  %

0.21 % $

2016

Amount

16,172 
8,071 
4,927 
9,918 
3,439 
108 
— 
42,635 

2,791 
1,488 
547 
2,429 
1,979 
220 
— 
— 
9,454 

% of
Loans

0.65  %
0.58  %
1.08  %
1.41  %
0.71  %
0.16  %
—  %
0.74 %

0.11  %
0.11  %
0.12  %
0.35  %
0.41  %
0.33  %
—  %
—  %
0.16 %

Closed-end installment loans, amortizing loans secured by real estate and any other loans with payments scheduled monthly are reported past due
when the borrower is in arrears two or more monthly payments. Other multi-payment obligations with payments scheduled other than monthly are reported
past due when one scheduled payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more. We monitor delinquency on a monthly basis, including early stage
delinquencies of 30 to 89 days past due for early identification of potential problem loans.

Loans past due 90 days or more increased $92.7 million compared to December 31, 2019 and represented 2.03 percent of total loans at December 31,

2020. The change in loans past due 90 days or more is explained above. Loans past due by 30 to 89 days decreased $15.1 million and represented 0.12
percent of total loans at December 31, 2020.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We maintain an ACL at a level determined to be adequate to absorb estimated expected credit losses within the loan portfolio over the contractual life

of a loan that considers our historical loss experience, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions as of the balance sheet date. We
develop and document a systematic ACL methodology based on the following portfolio segments: 1) CRE, 2) C&I, 3) Commercial Construction, 4)
Business Banking, 5) Consumer Real Estate and 6) Other Consumer.

Our charge-off policy for commercial loans requires that loans and other obligations that are not collectible be promptly charged-off when the loss
becomes probable, regardless of the delinquency status of the loan. We may elect to recognize a partial charge-off when management has determined that
the value of collateral is less than the remaining investment in the loan. A loan or obligation does not need to be charged-off, regardless of delinquency
status, if (i) management has determined there exists sufficient collateral to protect the remaining loan balance and (ii) there exists a strategy to liquidate
the collateral. Management may also consider a number of other factors to determine when a charge-off is appropriate. These factors may include, but are
not limited to:

•
•
•

The status of a bankruptcy proceeding;
The value of collateral and probability of successful liquidation; and/or
The status of adverse proceedings or litigation that may result in collection.

Consumer unsecured loans and secured loans are evaluated for charge-off after the loan becomes 90 days past due. Unsecured loans are fully charged

off and secured loans are charged down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less the cost to sell.

56

 
Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

The following summarizes our loan charge-off experience for each of the four years presented below:

(dollars in thousands)
ACL Balance at Beginning of Year:
Charge-offs:

Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Total

Recoveries:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Total

Net Charge-offs
Impact of CECL adoption
Provision for credit losses
ACL Balance at End of Year:

(1)

Represents ALL for year presented

Years Ended December 31,

2020
62,224 

$

$

(1)

2019
60,996 

$

(1)

2018
56,390 

$

(27,512)
(75,408)
(454)
(1,101)
(1,890)
(106,365)

348 
1,733 
183 
233 
489 
2,986 

(103,379)
27,346 
131,421 
117,612 

$

$

(3,664)
(8,928)
(406)
(1,353)
(1,838)
(16,189)

137 
1,388 
5 
637 
377 
2,544 

(13,645)
— 
14,873 
62,224 

$

(372)
(8,574)
(2,630)
(1,319)
(1,694)
(14,589)

309 
1,723 
1,135 
541 
492 
4,200 

(10,389)
— 
14,995 
60,996 

$

(1)

2017
52,775 

(2,304)
(4,709)
(2,571)
(2,274)
(1,638)
(13,496)

810 
654 
851 
342 
571 
3,228 

(10,268)
— 
13,883 
56,390 

Net loan charge-offs for 2020 were $103.4 million, or 1.40 percent of average loans, compared to $13.6 million, or 0.22 percent of average loans for

2019. In addition to the $58.7 million charge-off from the customer fraud and the $8.9 million loan charge-off for the lending relationship with this
customer, the most significant charge-offs during 2020 were a $10.1 million CRE relationship and a $9.9 million C&I relationship that occurred in the first
quarter of 2020. We obtained information on the C&I relationship subsequent to filing our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2019 but before the end of the first quarter of 2020; therefore, we recorded a $9.9 million specific reserve in the day one CECL adjustment. The updated
information supported a loss existed at January 1, 2020.

The following table summarizes net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans for the years presented:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total portfolio loans
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total portfolio loans excluding
PPP
Allowance for credit losses to total nonperforming loans
Provision for credit losses as a percentage of net loan charge-offs

NM - percentage not meaningful

2020
0.81 %
3.65 %
0.06 %
0.06 %
1.75 %
1.40 %
1.63 %

1.74 %
80 %
127 %

57

2019
0.10 %
0.44 %
0.11 %
0.05 %
1.85 %
0.22 %
0.87 %

— %
115 %
109 %

2018
NM
0.48 %
0.48 %
0.07 %
1.79 %
0.18 %
1.03 %

— %
132 %
144 %

2017
0.06 %
0.28 %
0.40 %
0.16 %
1.54 %
0.18 %
0.98 %

— %
236 %
135 %

2016
0.10 %
0.45 %
0.46 %
0.11 %
2.69 %
0.25 %
0.94 %

— %
124 %
135 %

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

The following is the ACL balance by portfolio segment as of December 31:

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Business banking
Consumer real estate
Other consumer
Total

$

Amount
65,656 
16,100 
7,239 
15,917 
10,014 
2,686 
117,612 

% of
Total
56  %
14  %
6  %
14  %
9  %
2  %
100 %

$

Amount
30,577 
15,681 
7,900 

6,337 
1,729 
62,224 

% of
Total
49  %
25  %
13  %

10  %
3  %
100 %

$

Amount
33,707 
11,596 
7,983 

6,187 
1,523 
60,996 

% of
Total
55  %
19  %
13  %

10  %
3  %
100 %

$

Amount
27,235 
8,966 
13,167 

5,479 
1,543 
56,390 

% of
Total
48  %
16  %
23  %

10  %
3  %
100 %

$

Amount
19,976 
10,810 
13,999 

6,095 
1,895 
52,775 

% of
Total
38  %
20  %
26  %

12  %
4  %
100 %

Significant to our ACL is a higher concentration of commercial loans. The ability of borrowers to repay commercial loans is dependent upon the

success of their business and general economic conditions. Due to the greater potential for loss within our commercial portfolio, we monitor the
commercial loan portfolio through an internal risk rating system. Loan risk ratings are assigned based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower and are
reviewed on an ongoing basis according to our internal policies. Loans rated special mention or substandard have potential or well-defined weaknesses not
generally found in high quality, performing loans, and require attention from management to limit loss.

The following table summarizes the ACL balance as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Collectively Evaluated
Individually Evaluated
Total Allowance for Credit Losses

2020
104,048 
13,564 
117,612 

$

$

$

$

2019
60,024 
2,200 
62,224 

$

$

2018
59,233 
1,763 
60,996 

$

$

2017
56,313 
77 
56,390 

$

$

2016
51,977 
798 
52,775 

The ACL was $117.6 million, or 1.63 percent of total portfolio loans, at December 31, 2020 compared to $62.2 million, or 0.87 percent of total
portfolio loans, at December 31, 2019. The increase in the ACL of $55.4 million was primarily due to a $44.1 million increase in the reserve for loans
collectively evaluated and an increase of $11.3 million in specific reserves for loans individually evaluated at December 31, 2020 compared to December
31, 2019. The significant increase in the ACL during the year was mainly due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and our adoption of CECL on
January 1, 2020.

The adoption of CECL resulted in an increase to our ACL of $27.3 million on January 1, 2020. The increase included $8.2 million for S&T legacy

loans and $9.3 million for acquired loans from the DNB merger. We also recorded a day one adjustment of $9.9 million primarily related to the C&I
relationship that was charged off in the first quarter of 2020. We obtained information on this relationship subsequent to filing our Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 but before the end of the first quarter of 2020. The updated information supported a loss existed at January 1,
2020.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Other Restricted Stock

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we held FHLB of Pittsburgh stock of $12.0 million and $21.9 million. This investment is carried at cost and

evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. We hold FHLB stock because we are a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh.
The FHLB requires members to purchase and hold a specified level of FHLB stock based upon on the members’ asset values, level of borrowings and
participation in other programs offered. Stock in the FHLB is non-marketable and is redeemable at the discretion of the FHLB. Members do not purchase
stock in the FHLB for the same reasons that traditional equity investors acquire stock in an investor-owned enterprise. Rather, members purchase stock to
obtain access to the products and services offered by the FHLB. Unlike equity securities of traditional for-profit enterprises, the stock of the FHLB does not
provide its holders with an opportunity for capital appreciation because, by regulation, FHLB stock can only be purchased, redeemed and transferred at par
value. We reviewed and evaluated the FHLB capital stock for impairment at December 31, 2020. The FHLB exceeds all required capital ratios.
Additionally, we considered that the FHLB has been paying dividends and actively redeeming stock throughout 2020 and 2019. Accordingly, we believe
sufficient evidence exists to conclude that no impairment existed at December 31, 2020.

58

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Deposits

The following table presents the composition of deposits at December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Customer deposits

Noninterest-bearing demand
Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit
Total customer deposits

Brokered deposits

Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Certificates of deposit
Total brokered deposits

Total Deposits

2020

2019

$ Change

$

$

2,261,994 
864,510 
1,887,051 
969,508 
1,369,239 
7,352,302 

— 
50,012 
18,224 
68,236 

$

1,698,082 
762,111 
1,849,684 
830,919 
1,535,305 
6,676,101 

200,220 
100,127 
60,128 
360,475 

$

7,420,538 

$

7,036,576 

$

563,912 
102,399 
37,367 
138,589 
(166,066)
676,201 

(200,220)
(50,115)
(41,904)
(292,239)

383,962 

Deposits are our primary source of funds. We believe that our deposit base is stable and that we have the ability to attract new deposits. Total deposits
at December 31, 2020 increased $384.0 million, or 5.5 percent, from December 31, 2019. Total customer deposits at December 31, 2020 increased $676.2
million. The increase in customer deposits primarily related to PPP and stimulus programs along with customers conservatively holding cash deposits
during these uncertain times. Brokered deposits are an additional source of funds utilized by ALCO as a way to diversify funding sources, as well as
manage our funding costs and structure.

The daily average balance of deposits and rates paid on deposits are summarized in the following table for the years ended December 31:
2018
2020

2019

(dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand
Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit
Brokered deposits
Total

Amount
2,072,310 
844,331 
1,960,741 
899,717 
1,482,127 
232,384 
7,491,610 

$

$

Rate

0.19  %
0.57  %
0.11  %
1.34  %
1.02  %
0.48 %

$

$

Amount
1,475,960 
561,756 
1,474,841 
766,142 
1,322,643 
370,779 
5,972,121 

Rate

0.41  %
1.69  %
0.25  %
1.91  %
2.32  %
1.06 %

$

$

Amount
1,376,329 
565,273 
1,040,214 
836,747 
1,202,781 
390,360 
5,411,704 

Rate

0.31  %
1.24  %
0.21  %
1.37  %
2.05  %
0.76 %

CDs of $100,000 and over accounted for 9.3 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2020 and 12.6 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2019

and primarily represent deposit relationships with local customers in our market area.

Maturities of CDs of $100,000 or more outstanding at December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
Three months or less
Over three through six months
Over six through twelve months
Over twelve months
Total

Borrowings

The following table represents the composition of borrowings for the years ended December 31:

59

2020
276,548 
207,059 
135,482 
69,089 
688,178 

$

$

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

(dollars in thousands)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements, retail
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities
Total Borrowings

2020
65,163 
75,000 
23,681 
64,083 
227,927 

$

$

2019
19,888 
281,319 
50,868 
64,277 
416,352 

$

$

$ Change
45,275 
(206,319)
(27,187)
(194)
(188,425)

$

$

Borrowings are an additional source of funding for us. Securities sold under repurchase agreements are with our retail customers. Securities pledged as

collateral under these arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party and are therefore accounted for as a secured borrowing. Short-term
borrowings are comprised of FHLB advances with terms of one year and under. Long-term borrowings are for terms greater than one year and consist
primarily of FHLB advances. FHLB advances are for various terms and are secured by a blanket lien on eligible real estate secured loans.

At December 31, 2020, long-term borrowings decreased $27.2 million compared to December 31, 2019. Short-term borrowings decreased $206.3
million as compared to December 31, 2019 primarily due to increased deposits. At December 31, 2020, our long-term borrowings outstanding of $23.7
million included $20.6 million that were at a fixed rate and $3.1 million at a variable rate.

Information pertaining to short-term borrowings is summarized in the tables below:

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31
Average balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Maximum month-end balance during the year
Average interest rate at December 31

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31
Average balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Maximum month-end balance during the year
Average interest rate at December 31

Information pertaining to long-term borrowings is summarized in the tables below:

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31
Average balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Maximum month-end balance during the year
Average interest rate at December 31

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31
Average balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Maximum month-end balance during the year
Average interest rate at December 31

60

Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

2020

65,163 
57,673 

0.29 %

92,159 

0.25 %

$
$

$

2019

19,888 
16,863 

0.65 %

23,427 

0.74 %

Short-Term Borrowings

2020

75,000 
155,753 

0.92 %

410,240 

0.19 %

$
$

$

2019

281,319 
255,264 

2.51 %

425,000 

1.84 %

Long-Term Borrowings

2020

23,681 
47,953 
— 
50,635 

2.03 %

$
$
$
$

2019

50,868 
66,392 
— 
70,418 

2.61 %

$
$

$

$
$

$

$
$
$
$

Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
2020

2019

64,083 
64,092 

3.57 %

64,848 

3.01 %

$
$

$

64,277 
47,934 

4.82 %

64,277 

4.42 %

$
$

$

2018

18,383 
45,992 

0.48 %

54,579 

0.46 %

2018

470,000 
525,172 

2.11 %

690,000 

2.65 %

2018

70,314 
47,986 
— 
70,314 

2.84 %

2018

45,619 
45,619 

3.65 %

45,619 

5.25 %

$
$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

$
$

$

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

We have completed three private placements of trust preferred securities to financial institutions. As a result, we own 100 percent of the common

equity of STBA Capital Trust I, DNB Capital Trust I, and DNB Capital Trust II, or the Trusts. The Trusts were formed to issue mandatorily redeemable
capital securities to third-party investors. The proceeds from the sale of the securities and the issuance of the common equity by the Trusts were invested in
junior subordinated debt securities issued by us. The third party investors are considered the primary beneficiaries of the Trusts; therefore, the Trusts
qualify as variable interest entities, but are not consolidated into our financial statements. The Trusts pays dividends on the securities at the same rate as the
interest paid by us on the junior subordinated debt held by the Trusts. DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital Trust II were acquired with the DNB merger.
Refer to Note 17 Short-Term Borrowings and Note 18 Long-Term Borrowings and Subordinated Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in
Part II, Item 8, of this Report, for more details.

Wealth Management Assets

As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the S&T Bank Wealth Management assets under administration, which are not accounted for as part of our
assets, increased to $2.1 billion from $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2019. Assets under administration consisted of $1.2 billion in S&T Trust, $0.7 billion
in S&T Financial Services and $0.2 billion in Stewart Capital Advisors.

Capital Resources

Shareholders’ equity decreased $37.3 million, or 3.1 percent, to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2020 compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2019. The

decrease was primarily due to the previously disclosed fraud loss, net of tax, of $46.3 million, the cumulative-effect adjustment related to the adoption of
ASU 2016-13, Credit Losses, of $22.6 million, share repurchases of $12.6 million and dividends of $43.9 million, offset by a $20.6 million increase in
other comprehensive income. The increase in other comprehensive income was due to a $17.8 million increase in unrealized gains on our available-for-sale
securities, net of tax, and a $2.8 million change in the funded status of our employee benefit plan.

We continue to maintain our capital position with a leverage ratio of 9.43 percent as compared to the regulatory guideline of 5.00 percent to be well-
capitalized and a risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 11.33 percent compared to the regulatory guideline of 6.50 percent to be well-capitalized. Our
risk-based Tier 1 and Total capital ratios were 11.74 percent and 13.44 percent, which places us above the federal bank regulatory agencies’ well-
capitalized guidelines of 8.00 percent and 10.00 percent, respectively. We believe that we have the ability to raise additional capital, if necessary.

On March 27, 2020, the regulators issued interim final rule, or IFR, “Regulatory Capital Rule: Revised Transition of

the Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology for Allowances” in response to the disrupted economic activity from the
spread of COVID-19. The IFR provides financial institutions that adopt CECL during 2020 with the option to delay for
two years the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital, followed by a three-year transition period to phase out the
aggregate amount of the capital benefit provided by the initial two-year delay (“five year transition”). We adopted CECL
effective January 1, 2020 and elected to implement the five year transition.

In July 2013 the federal banking agencies issued a final rule to implement Basel III (which were agreements reached in July 2010 by the international

oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision to require more and higher-quality capital) and the minimum leverage and risk-based
capital requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule established a comprehensive capital framework and went into effect on January 1, 2015 for
smaller banking organizations such as S&T and S&T Bank. The rule also requires a banking organization to maintain a capital conservation buffer
composed of common equity Tier 1 capital in an amount greater than 2.50 percent of total risk-weighted assets beginning in 2019. The capital conservation
buffer is scheduled to phase in over several years. The capital conservation buffer was 0.25 percent in 2016, 0.50 percent in 2017, 0.75 percent in 2018 and
increased to 1.00 percent in 2019 and beyond. As a result, starting in 2019, a banking organization must maintain a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio greater than 7.00 percent, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio greater than 8.50 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio greater than 10.50 percent;
otherwise, it will be subject to restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. Now that the new rule is fully phased in, the minimum
capital requirements plus the capital conservation buffer exceeds the regulatory capital ratios required for an insured depository institution to be well-
capitalized under the FDIC's prompt corrective action framework.

Federal regulators periodically propose amendments to the regulatory capital rules and the related regulatory framework and consider changes to the

capital standards that could significantly increase the amount of capital needed to meet applicable standards. The timing of adoption, ultimate form and
effect of any such proposed amendments cannot be predicted.

We have filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, with the SEC, which allows for the issuance of

a variety of securities including debt and capital securities, preferred and common stock and

61

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

warrants. We may use the proceeds from the sale of securities for general corporate purposes, which could include investments at the holding company
level, investing in, or extending credit to subsidiaries, possible acquisitions and stock repurchases. As of December 31, 2020, we had not issued any
securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement.

62

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Contractual Obligations

Contractual obligations represent future cash commitments and liabilities under agreements with third parties and exclude contingent contractual

liabilities for which we cannot reasonably predict future payments. We have various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and
commitments that may require future cash payments. The following table presents as of December 31, 2020 significant fixed and determinable contractual
obligations to third parties by payment date:

(1)

(1)

(dollars in thousands)
Deposits without a stated maturity
Certificates of deposit
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities
Operating and capital leases
Purchase obligations
Total

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

2021
6,033,075 
1,182,938 
65,163 
75,000 
1,251 
— 
5,058 
20,643 
7,383,128 

$

$

2022-2023
— 
150,421 
— 
— 
8,153 
— 
9,968 
38,141 
206,683 

$

$

$

Payments Due In
2024-2025
— 
50,564 
— 
— 
13,461 
— 
9,801 
42,619 
116,445 

$

Later Years
— 
3,540 
— 
— 
816 
64,083 
67,554 
— 
135,993 

$

$

$

$

Total
6,033,075 
1,387,463 
65,163 
75,000 
23,681 
64,083 
92,381 
101,403 
7,842,249 

(1)

Excludes interest

Operating lease obligations represent short and long-term lease arrangements as described in Note 11 Premises and Equipment, to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. Purchase obligations primarily represent obligations under agreement with our third party
data processing servicer and communications charges as described in Note 19 Commitments and Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

63

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we offer off-balance sheet credit arrangements to enable our customers to meet their financing objectives. These

instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. Our
exposure to credit loss, in the event the customer does not satisfy the terms of the agreement, equals the contractual amount of the obligation less the value
of any collateral. We apply the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit that are used for the underwriting of loans to
customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, annual renewals or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because
many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
requirements.

The following table sets forth the commitments and letters of credit as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
Total

2020
2,185,752 
89,095 
2,274,847 

$

$

2019
1,910,805 
80,040 
1,990,845 

$

$

Estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items were not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit

standing of the counterparties.

Our allowance for unfunded commitments is determined using a methodology similar to that used to determine the ACL. The balance in the allowance

for unfunded commitments increased $1.4 million to $4.5 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $3.1 million at December 31, 2019. The increase in
the reserve for unfunded commitments at December 31, 2020 was primarily related to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020.

64

Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - continued

Liquidity

Liquidity is defined as a financial institution’s ability to meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost. This includes the ability to satisfy

the financial needs of depositors who want to withdraw funds or of borrowers needing to access funds to meet their credit needs. In order to manage
liquidity risk, our Board of Directors has delegated authority to ALCO for the formulation, implementation and oversight of liquidity risk management for
S&T. The ALCO’s goal is to maintain adequate levels of liquidity at a reasonable cost to meet funding needs in both a normal operating environment and
for potential liquidity stress events. The ALCO monitors and manages liquidity through various ratios, reviewing cash flow projections, performing stress
tests and having a detailed contingency funding plan. The ALCO policy guidelines define graduated risk tolerance levels. If our liquidity position moves to
a level that has been defined as high risk, specific actions are required, such as increased monitoring or the development of an action plan to reduce the risk
position.

Our primary funding and liquidity source is a stable customer deposit base. We believe S&T has the ability to retain existing and attract new deposits,

mitigating any funding dependency on other more volatile sources. Refer to the Deposits section of this MD&A for additional discussion on deposits.
Although deposits are the primary source of funds, we have identified various other funding sources that can be used as part of our normal funding program
when either a structure or cost efficiency has been identified. Additional funding sources accessible to S&T include borrowing availability at the FHLB of
Pittsburgh, federal funds lines with other financial institutions, the brokered deposit market and borrowing availability through the Federal Reserve
Borrower-In-Custody program.

An important component of our ability to effectively respond to potential liquidity stress events is maintaining a cushion of highly liquid assets. Highly

liquid assets are those that can be converted to cash quickly, with little or no loss in value, to meet financial obligations. ALCO policy guidelines define a
ratio of highly liquid assets to total assets by graduated risk tolerance levels of minimal, moderate and high. At December 31, 2020, we had $639.4 million
in highly liquid assets, which consisted of $158.7 million in interest-bearing deposits with banks, $462.1 million in unpledged securities and $18.5 million
in loans held for sale. This resulted in a highly liquid assets to total assets ratio of 7.1 percent at December 31, 2020. Also, at December 31, 2020, we had a
remaining borrowing availability of $2.5 billion with the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Refer to Note 17 Short-Term Borrowings and Note 18 Long-Term
Borrowings and Subordinated Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, of this Report, and the Borrowings section of this
MD&A, for more details.

65

Inflation

Management is aware of the significant effect inflation has on interest rates and can have on financial performance. Our ability to cope with this is best
determined by analyzing our capability to respond to changing interest rates and our ability to manage noninterest income and expense. We monitor the mix
of interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities through ALCO in order to reduce the impact of inflation on net interest income. We also control the effects of
inflation by reviewing the prices of our products and services, by introducing new products and services and by controlling overhead expenses.

66

Item 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is defined as the degree to which changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices or equity prices can adversely affect a

financial institution’s earnings or capital. For most financial institutions, including S&T, market risk primarily reflects exposures to changes in interest
rates. Interest rate fluctuations affect earnings by changing net interest income and other interest-sensitive income and expense levels. Interest rate changes
also affect capital by changing the net present value of a bank’s future cash flows, and the cash flows themselves, as rates change. Accepting this risk is a
normal part of banking and can be an important source of profitability and enhancing shareholder value. However, excessive interest rate risk can threaten a
bank’s earnings, capital, liquidity and solvency. Our sensitivity to changes in interest rate movements is continually monitored by the ALCO. The ALCO
monitors and manages market risk through rate shock analyses, economic value of equity, or EVE, analyses and by performing stress tests and simulations
to mitigate earnings and market value fluctuations due to changes in interest rates.

Rate shock analyses results are compared to a base case to provide an estimate of the impact that market rate changes may have on 12 and 24 months
of pretax net interest income. The base case and rate shock analyses are performed on a static balance sheet. A static balance sheet is a no growth balance
sheet in which all maturing and/or repricing cash flows are reinvested in the same product at the existing product spread. Rate shock analyses assume an
immediate parallel shift in market interest rates and include management assumptions regarding the impact of interest rate changes on non-maturity deposit
products (noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand, money market and savings) and changes in the prepayment behavior of loans and
securities with optionality. S&T policy guidelines limit the change in pretax net interest income over 12- and 24-month horizons using rate shocks in
increments of +/- 100 basis points. Policy guidelines define the percentage change in pretax net interest income by graduated risk tolerance levels of
minimal, moderate, and high. We have temporarily suspended the analyses on downward rate shocks of 200 basis points or more because they do not
provide meaningful insight into our interest rate risk position.

In order to monitor interest rate risk beyond the 24-month time horizon of rate shocks on pretax net interest income, we also perform EVE analyses.
EVE represents the present value of all asset cash flows minus the present value of all liability cash flows. EVE change results are compared to a base case
to determine the impact that market rate changes may have on our EVE. As with rate shock analyses on pretax net interest income, EVE analyses
incorporate management assumptions regarding prepayment behavior of fixed rate loans and securities with optionality and the behavior and value of non-
maturity deposit products. S&T policy guidelines limit the change in EVE using rate shocks in increments of +/- 100 basis points. Policy guidelines define
the percent change in EVE by graduated risk tolerance levels of minimal, moderate, and high. We have also temporarily suspended the downward rate
shocks of 200 basis points or more for EVE.

The table below reflects the rate shock analyses results for the 1 to 12 and 13 to 24 month periods of pretax net interest income and EVE. All results

are in the minimal risk tolerance level.

Change in Interest
Rate (basis points)

400
300
200
100
(100)

1 - 12 Months

% Change in
Pretax Net
Interest Income
15.8 %
11.7 
7.7 
4.4 
(2.8)

December 31, 2020
13 - 24 Months

% Change in
Pretax Net Interest

Income % Change in EVE
28.5 %
28.5 %
29.0 
21.3 
25.6 
14.3 
17.7 
8.0 
(28.2)
(5.7)

1 - 12 Months

% Change in
Pretax Net
Interest Income
9.6 %
7.2 
5.0 
2.7 
(4.3)

December 31, 2019
13 - 24 Months

% Change in
Pretax Net Interest

Income % Change in EVE
(1.8)%
14.4 %
2.8 
10.8 
5.5 
7.6 
5.1 
4.2 
(10.8)
(6.4)

The results from the rate shock analyses on net interest income are consistent with having an asset sensitive balance sheet. Having an asset sensitive

balance sheet means more assets than liabilities will reprice during the measured time frames. The implications of an asset sensitive balance sheet will
differ depending upon the change in market interest rates. For example, with an asset sensitive balance sheet in a declining interest rate environment, more
assets than liabilities will decrease in rate. This situation could result in a decrease in net interest income and operating income. Conversely, with an asset
sensitive balance sheet in a rising interest rate environment, more assets than liabilities will increase in rate. This situation could result in an increase in net
interest income and operating income.

Our rate shock analyses show an improvement in the percentage change in pretax net interest income in the 1-12 month and 13-24 month rates up and

rates down scenarios when comparing December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2019. Our EVE analyses show an improvement in the percentage change in
EVE in the rates up scenarios and a decline in the rates down scenario when comparing December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2019. The EVE decline is due
to the low interest rate environment, which negatively impacts the value of our non-maturity deposits.

67

Table of Contents

Item 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK - continued

In addition to rate shocks and EVE analyses, we perform a market risk stress test at least annually. The market risk stress test includes sensitivity
analyses and simulations. Sensitivity analyses are performed to help us identify which model assumptions cause the greatest impact on pretax net interest
income. Sensitivity analyses may include changing prepayment behavior of loans and securities with optionality and the impact of interest rate changes on
non-maturity deposit products. Simulation analyses may include the potential impact of rate changes other than the policy guidelines, yield curve shape
changes, significant balance mix changes, and various growth scenarios.

68

Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Net Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on Consolidated Financial Statements

69

70

71

72

73

74

76

140

138

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

(in thousands, except share and per share data)
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks, including interest-bearing deposits of $158,903 and $124,491 at December 31, 2020 and 2019
Securities, at fair value
Loans held for sale
Portfolio loans, net of unearned income
Allowance for credit losses

Portfolio loans, net

Bank owned life insurance
Premises and equipment, net
Federal Home Loan Bank and other restricted stock, at cost
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Other assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES
Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing demand
Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit

Total Deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities
Other liabilities
Total Liabilities
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common stock ($2.50 par value)
Authorized—50,000,000 shares
Issued—41,449,444 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019
Outstanding—39,298,007 shares at December 31, 2020 and 39,560,304 shares at December 31, 2019
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Treasury stock—2,151,437 shares at December 31, 2020 and 1,889,140 shares at December 31, 2019, at cost
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

70

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

$

$

229,666 
773,693 
18,528 
7,225,860 
(117,612)
7,108,248 
82,303 
55,614 
13,030 
373,424 
8,675 
304,716 
8,967,897 

2,261,994 
864,510 
1,937,063 
969,508 
1,387,463 
7,420,538 
65,163 
75,000 
23,681 
64,083 
164,721 
7,813,186 

103,623 
400,668 
710,061 
8,971 
(68,612)
1,154,711 
8,967,897 

$

$

$

$

197,823 
784,283 
5,256 
7,137,152 
(62,224)
7,074,928 
80,473 
56,940 
22,977 
371,621 
10,919 
159,429 
8,764,649 

1,698,082 
962,331 
1,949,811 
830,919 
1,595,433 
7,036,576 
19,888 
281,319 
50,868 
64,277 
119,723 
7,572,651 

103,623 
399,944 
761,083 
(11,670)
(60,982)
1,191,998 
8,764,649 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET INCOME
S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
Loans, including fees
Investment securities:

Taxable
Tax-exempt
Dividends

Total Interest and Dividend Income
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits
Borrowings and junior subordinated debt securities
Total Interest Expense
NET INTEREST INCOME
Provision for credit losses
Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses
NONINTEREST INCOME
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities
Debit and credit card
Service charges on deposit accounts
Mortgage banking
Wealth management
Commercial loan swap income
Gain on sale of majority interest of insurance business
Other
Total Noninterest Income
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries and employee benefits
Data processing and information technology
Net occupancy
Furniture, equipment and software
Other taxes
Professional services and legal
Marketing
FDIC insurance
Merger related expenses
Other
Total Noninterest Expense

Income Before Taxes
Income taxes (benefit) expense
Net Income

Earnings per common share—basic
Earnings per common share—diluted
Dividends declared per common share

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2020

Years ended December 31,
2019

2018

$

300,960 

$

300,625 

$

269,811 

14,918 
3,497 
1,089 
320,464 

35,986 
5,090 
41,076 
279,388 
131,424 
147,964 

142 
15,093 
11,704 
10,923 
9,957 
4,740 
— 
7,160 
59,719 

90,115 
15,499 
14,529 
11,050 
6,622 
6,394 
5,996 
5,089 
2,342 
29,008 
186,644 

21,039 
(1)
21,040 

0.54 
0.53 
1.12 

$

$
$
$

14,733 
3,302 
1,824 
320,484 

63,026 
10,667 
73,693 
246,791 
14,873 
231,918 

(26)
13,405 
13,316 
2,491 
8,623 
5,503 
— 
9,246 
52,558 

83,986 
14,468 
12,103 
8,958 
3,364 
4,244 
4,631 
758 
11,350 
23,254 
167,116 

117,360 
19,126 
98,234 

2.84 
2.82 
1.09 

$

$
$
$

14,342 
3,449 
2,224 
289,826 

40,856 
14,532 
55,388 
234,438 
14,995 
219,443 

— 
12,679 
13,096 
2,762 
10,084 
1,225 
1,873 
7,462 
49,181 

76,108 
10,633 
11,097 
8,083 
6,183 
4,132 
4,192 
3,238 
— 
21,779 
145,445 

123,179 
17,845 
105,334 

3.03 
3.01 
0.99 

$

$
$
$

71

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

(dollars in thousands)
Net Income
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Before Tax:
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities 
Net available-for-sale securities losses reclassified into earnings 
Adjustment to funded status of employee benefit plans
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Before Tax
Income tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), After Tax

(1)

(2)

Comprehensive Income

2020

Years ended December 31,
2019

2018

$

21,040 

$

98,234 

$

105,334 

22,683 
— 
3,549 
26,232 
(5,591)
20,641 

41,681 

$

15,793 
26 
(1,282)
14,537 
(3,100)
11,437 

(6,794)
— 
6,297 
(497)
106 
(391)

$

109,671 

$

104,943 

 Due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-01, net unrealized gains on marketable equity securities were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings during the

(1)
three months ended March 31, 2018.
(2)
have affected certain lines in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income as follows: the pre-tax amount is included in securities gains/losses-net, the tax expense amount is included in the
provision for income taxes and the net of tax amount is included in net income.

 Reclassification adjustments are comprised of realized security gains or losses. The realized gains or losses have been reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) and

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

72

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

(2)

(1)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Balance at December 31, 2017
Net Income for 2018
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
Reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated other
comprehensive income
Reclassification of unrealized gains on equity securities
Repurchase of warrant
Cash dividends declared ($0.99 per share)
Treasury stock repurchased (321,731 shares)
Treasury stock issued (33,676 shares, net)
Recognition of restricted stock compensation expense
Balance at December 31, 2018
Net Income for 2019
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Impact of new lease standard
Cash dividends declared ($1.09 per share)
Common stock issuance cost
Common stock issued in acquisition (5,318,962 shares)
Treasury stock repurchased (470,708 shares)
Treasury stock issued (28,174 shares, net)
Recognition of restricted stock compensation expense
Balance at December 31, 2019
Net income for 2020
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Impact of adoption of CECL
Cash dividends declared ($1.12 per share)
Treasury stock repurchased (411,430 shares)
Treasury stock issued (149,133 shares, net)
Recognition of restricted stock compensation expense
Balance at December 31, 2020

Common
Stock

$

$

$

$

90,326 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
90,326 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
13,297 
— 
— 
— 
103,623 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
103,623 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital
$

216,106 
— 
— 

Retained
Earnings
$

628,107 
105,334 
— 

— 
— 
(7,652)
— 
— 
— 
1,891 
210,345 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(176)
187,334 
— 
— 
2,441 
399,944 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
724 
400,668 

$

$

$

3,427 
862 
— 
(34,539)
— 
(1,372)
— 
701,819 
98,234 
— 
167 
(37,360)
— 
— 
— 
(1,777)
— 
761,083 
21,040 
— 
(22,590)
(43,949)
— 
(5,523)
— 
710,061 

$

$

$

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss)/Income

Treasury
Stock

Total

$

$

$

$

(18,427)
— 
(391)

(3,427)
(862)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(23,107)
— 
11,437 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(11,670)
— 
20,641 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8,971 

$

$

$

$

(32,081)
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(12,256)
715 
— 
(43,622)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(18,222)
862 
— 
(60,982)
— 
— 

— 
(12,559)
4,929 
— 
(68,612)

$

$

$

$

884,031 
105,334 
(391)

— 
— 
(7,652)
(34,539)
(12,256)
(657)
1,891 
935,761 
98,234 
11,437 
167 
(37,360)
(176)
200,631 
(18,222)
(915)
2,441 
1,191,998 
21,040 
20,641 
(22,590)
(43,949)
(12,559)
(594)
724 
1,154,711 

Reclassification of tax effects due to the adoption of ASU No. 2018-02, relating to $(3,660) relates to funded status of pension and $233 relates to net unrealized gains on available-for-sale

Reclassification due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-01, related to changes in fair value for equity securities reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income.

(1)
securities.
(2)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

73

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

(dollars in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Provision for credit losses
Provision for unfunded loan commitments
Depreciation and amortization
Net amortization of discounts and premiums
Stock-based compensation expense
Securities (gains) losses
Deferred income taxes
(Gain) Loss on sale of fixed assets
Gain on the sale of loans, net
Gain on the sale of majority interest of insurance business
Pension Contribution

Net change in:

Mortgage loans originated for sale
Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans
Net increase in interest receivable
Net (decrease) increase in interest payable
Net (increase) decrease in other assets
Net increase in other liabilities

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of securities available-for-sale
Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities available-for-sale
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale
Net proceeds from (purchases of) the redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Net increase in loans
Proceeds from the sale of loans not originated for resale
Purchases of premises and equipment
Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment
Net cash acquired from bank acquisitions
Proceeds from the sale of majority interest of insurance business

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net increase in core deposits
Net (decrease) increase in certificates of deposit
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under repurchase agreements
Net decrease in short-term borrowings
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
Repayments of long-term borrowings
Treasury shares issued - net
Sale of treasury shares
Costs to issue equity securities
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders
Repurchase warrant

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

2020

Years ended December 31,
2019

2018

$

21,040 

$

98,234 

$

105,334 

131,424 
— 
7,645 
4,205 
724 
(142)
(4,402)
(23)
(8,998)
— 
(115)

(361,704)
357,613 
(2,560)
(3,178)
(138,470)
50,392 
53,451 

(178,389)
205,606 
1,349 
9,947 
(194,768)
547 
(5,416)
23 
— 
— 
(161,101)

591,932 
(207,106)
45,275 
(206,319)
— 
(27,187)
(594)
(12,559)
— 
(43,949)
— 
139,493 
31,843 
197,823 
229,666 

$

14,873 
436 
8,411 
3,243 
2,441 
26 
(381)
37 
(1,887)
— 
— 

(109,624)
109,082 
(3,768)
(2,223)
(4,973)
24,496 
138,423 

(129,973)
92,412 
59,934 
6,615 
(298,741)
520 
(5,153)
71 
63,759 
— 
(210,556)

423,203 
(27,632)
1,505 
(200,000)
10,000 
(35,936)
(915)
(18,222)
(176)
(37,360)
— 
114,467 
42,334 
155,489 
197,823 

$

14,995 
(54)
7,300 
3,180 
1,891 
— 
3,509 
(81)
(1,537)
(1,873)
(20,420)

(90,142)
93,793 
(1,635)
2,353 
7,247 
4,157 
128,017 

(92,597)
89,833 
— 
(165)
(207,233)
7,695 
(4,172)
135 
— 
4,540 
(201,964)

231,756 
14,397 
(31,778)
(70,000)
25,000 
(1,987)
(657)
(12,256)
— 
(34,539)
(7,652)
112,284 
38,337 
117,152 
155,489 

$

74

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

(dollars in thousands)
Supplemental Disclosures
Interest paid
Income taxes paid, net of refunds
Loans transferred to held for sale
Loans transferred to portfolio from held for sale
Leased right-of-use operating assets and lease liabilities added to Balance Sheet
Transfer net asset to investment in insurance company partnership
Net assets (liabilities) from acquisitions, excluding cash and cash equivalents
Transfers to other real estate owned and other repossessed assets

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2020

Years ended December 31,
2019

2018

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

44,353 
6,231 
640 
— 
91 
— 
— 
631 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

75,278 
14,663 
456 
— 
49,490 
— 
43,637 
2,592 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

53,035 
15,728 
— 
7,695 
— 
1,917 
— 
870 

75

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

S&T Bancorp, Inc., or S&T, was incorporated on March 17, 1983 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a bank holding company
and has five active direct wholly owned subsidiaries, S&T Bank, 9th Street Holdings, Inc., STBA Capital Trust I, DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital
Trust II. DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital Trust II were acquired with the DNB merger on November 30, 2019. We own a 50 percent interest in
Commonwealth Trust Credit Life Insurance Company, or CTCLIC.

We are presently engaged in non-banking activities through the following eight entities: 9th Street Holdings, Inc.; S&T Bancholdings, Inc.; CTCLIC;
S&T Insurance Group, LLC; Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC.; Downco Inc.; DN Acquisition, Inc.; and DNB Financial Services, Inc. 9th Street Holdings,
Inc. and S&T Bancholdings, Inc. are investment holding companies. CTCLIC, which is a joint venture with another financial institution, acts as a reinsurer
of credit life, accident and health insurance policies sold by S&T Bank and the other institution. S&T Insurance Group, LLC, through its subsidiaries,
offers a variety of insurance products. Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC is a registered investment advisor that manages private investment accounts for
individuals and institutions. Downco Inc. and DN Acquisition Company, Inc. were acquired with the DNB merger and were incorporated for the purpose of
acquiring and holding Other Real Estate Owned acquired through foreclosure or deed in-lieu-of foreclosure, as well as Bank-occupied real estate. DNB
Financial Services was also acquired with the DNB merger and is a Pennsylvania licensed insurance agency, which, through a third-party marketing
agreement with Cetera Investment Services, LLC, sells a variety of insurance and investment products.

On June 5, 2019 we entered into an agreement to acquire DNB Financial Corporation, or DNB, and the transaction was completed on November 30,
2019. The transaction was valued at $201.0 million and added total assets of $1.1 billion, including $909.0 million in loans, $84.2 million in goodwill and
$967.3 million in deposits.

On January 1, 2018, we sold a 70 percent majority interest in the assets of our wholly-owned subsidiary S&T Evergreen Insurance, LLC. We
transferred our remaining 30 percent ownership interest in the net assets of S&T Evergreen Insurance, LLC to a new entity for a 30 percent ownership
interest in a new insurance entity. Refer to Note 28 Sale of a Majority Interest of Insurance Business. We use the equity method of accounting to recognize
our partial ownership interest in the new entity.

Accounting Policies

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the
balance sheets and revenues and expenses for the periods then ended. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Our significant accounting policies
are described below.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of S&T and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation. Investments of 20 percent to 50 percent of the outstanding common stock of investees are accounted for using the equity
method of accounting.

Reclassification

Amounts in prior years' financial statements and footnotes are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Reclassifications had no effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-
controlling interest in the acquiree are recognized and measured as of the acquisition date at fair value. We record goodwill for the excess of the purchase
price over the fair value of net assets acquired. Results of operations of the acquired entities are included in the consolidated statement of income from the
date of acquisition.

76

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Acquired loans are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition with no carryover of the related allowance for credit losses, or ACL. Determining
the fair value of acquired loans involves estimating the principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash
flows at a market rate of interest. In estimating the fair value of our acquired loans, we considered a number of factors including loss rates, internal risk
rating, delinquency status, loan type, loan term, prepayment rates, recovery periods and the current interest rate environment. The premium or discount
estimated through the loan fair value calculation is recognized into interest income on a level yield basis over the remaining life of the loans.

Acquired loans, including those acquired in a business combination, are evaluated to determine if they have experienced more-than-insignificant

deterioration in credit quality since origination. When the condition exists, these loans are referred to as purchased credit deteriorated, or PCD. An
allowance is recognized for a PCD loan by adding it to the purchase price or fair value in a business combination. There is no provision for credit losses, or
PCL, recognized upon acquisition of a PCD loan since the initial allowance is established through the purchase accounting. After initial recognition, the
accounting for a PCD loan follows the credit loss model that applies to that type of asset. Purchased financial loans that do not have a more-than-significant
deterioration in credit quality since origination are accounted for in a manner consistent with originated loans. An ACL is recorded with a corresponding
charge to PCL. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the methods utilized to estimate the required ACL for these loans is similar to the method used for
originated loans.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, the

methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for loan losses, or ALL for acquired loans was similar to the method used for originated loans;
however, we recorded a provision for credit losses only when the required allowance exceeded the remaining fair value adjustment. Acquired loans were
considered impaired if there was evidence of credit deterioration since origination and if it was probable at time of acquisition that all contractually
required payments would not be collected.

Fair Value Measurements

We use fair value measurements when recording and disclosing certain financial assets and liabilities. Debt securities, equity securities and derivative
financial instruments are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record other assets at fair value
on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, individually assessed loans, other real estate owned, or OREO, and other repossessed assets, mortgage
servicing rights, or MSRs, and certain other assets.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period
prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities; it is not a
forced transaction. In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches, including market, income and cost approaches. The fair value standard
establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by
requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability,
which are developed based on market data we have obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect our estimates of assumptions that
market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1

measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The fair value hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the
reliability of inputs as follows:

Level 1: valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
Level 2: valuation is based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted market prices for identical or similar

instruments traded in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market
or can be corroborated by market data.

Level 3: valuation is derived from other valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant

assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in
determining fair value.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our

policy is to recognize transfers between any of the fair value hierarchy levels at the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred.

The following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies that we use for financial instruments recorded at fair value on either a recurring or

nonrecurring basis.

77

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Recurring Basis

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale

We obtain fair values for debt securities from a third-party pricing service which utilizes several sources for valuing fixed-income securities. We
validate prices received from our pricing service through comparison to a secondary pricing service and broker quotes. We review the methodologies of the
pricing service which provide us with a sufficient understanding of the valuation models, assumptions, inputs and pricing to reasonably measure the fair
value of our debt securities. The market valuation sources for debt securities include observable inputs and are classified as Level 2. The service provider
utilizes pricing models that vary by asset class and include available trade, bid and other market information. Generally, the methodologies include broker
quotes, proprietary models, vast descriptive terms and condition databases, and extensive quality control programs.

Equity Securities

Marketable equity securities with quoted prices in active markets for identical assets are classified as Level 1. Marketable equity securities in markets
that are not active and are based on other observable information for comparable assets are classified as Level 2. Marketable equity securities that are not
traded in active markets and use unobservable assumptions in the market are classified as Level 3.

Securities Held in a Deferred Compensation Plan

We use quoted market prices to determine the fair value of our equity security assets. These securities are reported at fair value with the gains and
losses included in noninterest income in our Consolidated Statements of Net Income. These assets are held in a Rabbi Trust under a deferred compensation
plan and are invested in readily quoted mutual funds. Accordingly, these assets are classified as Level 1. Rabbi Trust assets are reported in other assets in
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We use derivative instruments, including interest rate swaps for commercial loans with our customers, interest rate lock commitments and the sale of

mortgage loans in the secondary market. We calculate the fair value for derivatives using accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow
analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. Each valuation considers the contractual terms of the derivative, including the period to maturity,
and uses observable market-based inputs, such as interest rate curves and implied volatilities. Accordingly, derivatives are classified as Level 2. We
incorporate credit valuation adjustments into the valuation models to appropriately reflect both our own nonperformance risk and the respective
counterparties’ nonperformance risk in calculating fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of our derivative contracts for the effect of
nonperformance risk, we have considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements and collateral postings.

Nonrecurring Basis

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consist of 1-4 family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market and, from time to time, certain loans transferred
from the loan portfolio to loans held for sale, all of which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of 1-4 family residential loans is based
on the principal or most advantageous market currently offered for similar loans using observable market data. The fair value of the loans transferred from
the loan portfolio is based on the amounts offered for these loans in currently pending sales transactions. Loans held for sale carried at fair value are
classified as Level 3.

Loans Individually Evaluated

Loans that are individually evaluated to determine whether a specific allocation of ACL is needed are reported at fair value.

Fair value is determined using the following methods: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the
loan’s original effective interest rate; 2) the loan’s observable market price; or 3) the fair value of the collateral less estimated
selling costs when the loan is collateral dependent and we expect to liquidate the collateral. However, if repayment is expected
to come from the operation of the collateral, rather than liquidation, then we do not consider estimated selling costs in
determining the fair value of the collateral. Collateral values are generally based upon appraisals by approved, independent state
certified appraisers. Appraisals may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the
time of appraisal or our knowledge of the borrower and the borrower’s business. Loans carried at fair value are classified as

78

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Level 3.

OREO and Other Repossessed Assets

OREO and other repossessed assets obtained in partial or total satisfaction of a loan are recorded at the lower of recorded investment in the loan or fair

value less cost to sell. Subsequent to foreclosure, these assets are carried at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value less cost to
sell. Accordingly, it may be necessary to record nonrecurring fair value adjustments. Fair value, when recorded, is generally based upon appraisals by
approved, independent state certified appraisers. Appraisals on OREO may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions
from the time of appraisal or other information available to us. OREO and other repossessed assets carried at fair value are classified as Level 3.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of MSRs is determined by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, considering expected mortgage
loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The expected
rate of mortgage loan prepayments is the most significant factor driving the value of MSRs. MSRs are considered impaired if the carrying value exceeds
fair value. The valuation model includes significant unobservable inputs; therefore, MSRs are classified as Level 3. MSRs are reported in other assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and are amortized into mortgage banking in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income.

Other Assets

We measure certain other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is based on the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting, or

write-downs of individual assets. Valuation methodologies used to measure fair value are consistent with overall principles of fair value accounting and
consistent with those described above.

Financial Instruments

In addition to financial instruments recorded at fair value in our financial statements, fair value accounting guidance requires disclosure of the fair
value of all of an entity’s assets and liabilities that are considered financial instruments. The majority of our assets and liabilities are considered financial
instruments. Many of these instruments lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaged in an exchange
transaction. Also, it is our general practice and intent to hold our financial instruments to maturity and to not engage in trading or sales activities with
respect to such financial instruments. For fair value disclosure purposes, we substantially utilize the fair value measurement criteria as required and
explained above. In cases where quoted fair values are not available, we use present value methods to determine the fair value of our financial instruments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash and due from banks, including interest-bearing deposits and federal funds

sold approximate fair value.

Loans

Our methodology to fair value loans includes an exit price notion. The fair value of variable rate loans that may reprice frequently at short-term market

rates is based on carrying values adjusted for liquidity and credit risk. The fair value of variable rate loans that reprice at intervals of one year or longer,
such as adjustable rate mortgage products, is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses that utilize interest rates currently being offered for similar
loans and adjusted for liquidity and credit risk. The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis that utilizes interest
rates currently being offered for similar loans adjusted for liquidity and credit risk.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

Fair value approximates net cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, or BOLI.

Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, and Other Restricted Stock

It is not practical to determine the fair value of our FHLB and other restricted stock due to the restrictions placed on the transferability of these stocks;

it is presented at carrying value.

79

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Collateral Receivable

The carrying amount included in other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates fair value.

Deposits

The fair values disclosed for deposits without defined maturities (e.g., noninterest and interest-bearing demand, money market and savings accounts)
are by definition equal to the amounts payable on demand. The carrying amounts for variable rate, fixed-term time deposits approximate their fair values.
Estimated fair values for fixed rate and other time deposits are based on discounted cash flow analysis using interest rates currently offered for time
deposits with similar terms. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value.

Short-Term Borrowings

The carrying amounts of securities sold under repurchase agreements, or REPOs, and other short-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

Long-Term Borrowings

The fair values disclosed for fixed rate long-term borrowings are determined by discounting their contractual cash flows using current interest rates for

long-term borrowings of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amounts of variable rate long-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

The interest rate on the variable rate junior subordinated debt securities is reset quarterly; therefore, the carrying values approximate their fair values.

Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

Off-balance sheet financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Except for interest rate lock commitments,
estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items are not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit standing of
the counterparties.

Other

Estimates of fair value are not made for items that are not defined as financial instruments, including such items as our core deposit intangibles and the

value of our trust operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold as cash and cash equivalents.

Securities

We determine the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale with the intent to

hold for an indefinite period of time, but may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity needs or other factors.

A determination will be made on whether a decline in the fair value below the amortized cost basis is due to credit-related factors or noncredit-related
factors. Any impairment that is not credit related is recognized in Other Comprehensive Income, or OCI, net of applicable taxes. Credit-related impairment
is recognized as an ACL on the balance sheet with a corresponding adjustment in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Both
the allowance and the adjustment to net income can be reversed if conditions change. Our policy for credit impairment within the debt securities portfolio is
based upon a number of factors, including but not limited to, the financial condition of the underlying issuer, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual
obligations, the likelihood of the security’s ability to recover any decline in its estimated fair value and whether management intends to sell the security or
if it is more likely than not that management will be required to sell the investment security prior to the security’s recovery of any decline in its estimated
fair value.

Realized gains and losses on the sale of these securities are determined using the specific-identification method and are recorded within noninterest
income in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Bond premiums are amortized to the call date and bond discounts are accreted to the maturity date,
both on a level yield basis.

80

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Equity securities are measured at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses recognized in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of

Net Income.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consist of 1-4 family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market and, from time to time, certain loans transferred
from the loan portfolio to loans held for sale, all of which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. If a loan is transferred from the loan portfolio to the
held for sale category, any write-down in the carrying amount of the loan at the date of transfer is recorded as a charge-off against the ACL. Subsequent
declines in fair value are recognized as a charge to noninterest income. When a loan is placed in the held for sale category, we stop amortizing the related
deferred fees and costs. The remaining unamortized fees and costs are recognized as part of the cost basis of the loan at the time it is sold. Gains and losses
on sales of loans held for sale are included in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income.

Loans

Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding net of unearned income, unamortized premiums or discounts and deferred origination fees and

costs. We defer certain nonrefundable loan origination and commitment fees. Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on loans are included in
interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized as an
adjustment of loan yield over the respective lives of the loans without consideration of anticipated prepayments. If a loan is paid off, the remaining
unaccreted or unamortized net origination fees and costs are immediately recognized into income or expense. Interest is accrued and interest income is
recognized on loans as earned.

Acquired loans are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition with no carryover of the related ACL. Determining the fair value of the acquired
loans involves estimating the principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market rate of
interest. In estimating the fair value of our acquired loans, we consider a number of factors including the loan term, internal risk rating, delinquency status,
prepayment rates, recovery periods, estimated value of the underlying collateral and the current interest rate environment.

Closed-end installment loans, amortizing loans secured by real estate and any other loans with payments scheduled monthly are reported past due
when the borrower is in arrears two or more monthly payments. Other multi-payment obligations with payments scheduled other than monthly are reported
past due when one scheduled payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more.

Generally, consumer loans are charged off against the ACL upon the loan reaching 90 days past due. Commercial loans are charged off as management

becomes aware of facts and circumstances that raise doubt as to the collectability of all or a portion of the principal and when we believe a confirmed loss
exists.

Nonaccrual or Nonperforming Loans

We stop accruing interest on a loan when the borrower’s payment is 90 days past due. Loans are also placed on nonaccrual status when we have doubt

about the borrower’s ability to comply with contractual repayment terms, even if payment is not past due. When the interest accrual is discontinued, all
unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Interest income is recognized on nonaccrual loans on a cash basis if recovery of the remaining
principal is reasonably assured. As a general rule, a nonaccrual loan may be restored to accrual status when its principal and interest is paid current and the
bank expects repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest, or when the loan otherwise becomes well secured and in the process of
collection.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled debt restructurings, or TDRs, are loans where we, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grant a

concession to the borrower. We strive to identify borrowers with financial difficulty early and work with them to come to a mutual resolution to modify the
terms of their loan before the loan reaches nonaccrual status. These modified terms generally include extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate
lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk characteristics, reductions in contractual interest rates or principal deferment. While
unusual, there may be instances of principal forgiveness. These modifications are generally for longer term periods that would not be considered
insignificant. Additionally, we classify loans where the debt obligation has been discharged through a Chapter 7 Bankruptcy and not reaffirmed as TDRs.
We individually evaluate all substandard commercial loans that have experienced a forbearance or change in terms agreement, and all substandard
consumer and residential mortgage loans that entered into an agreement to modify their existing loan, to determine if they should be designated as TDRs.

81

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

TDRs can be returned to accruing status if the ultimate collectability of all contractual amounts due, according to the restructured agreement, is not in

doubt and there is a period of a minimum of six months of satisfactory payment performance by the borrower either immediately before or after the
restructuring.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The ACL is a valuation reserve established and maintained by charges against operating income and is deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans

to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. Loans, or portions thereof, are charged off against the ACL when they are deemed
uncollectible. The ACL is an estimate of expected credit losses, measured over the contractual life of a loan, that considers our historical loss experience,
current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. Determination of an appropriate ACL is inherently subjective and may have significant
changes from period to period.

The methodology for determining the ACL has two main components: evaluation of expected credit losses for certain groups of homogeneous loans

that share similar risk characteristics and evaluation of loans that do not share risk characteristics
with other loans.

The ACL for homogeneous loans is calculated using a life-time loss rate methodology with both a quantitative and a
qualitative analysis that is applied on a quarterly basis. The ACL model is comprised of six distinct portfolio segments: 1)
Construction, 2) Commercial Real Estate, or CRE, 3) Commercial and Industrial, or C&I, 4) Business Banking, 5) Consumer
Real Estate and 6) Other Consumer. Each segment has a distinct set of risk characteristics monitored by management. We
further evaluate the ACL at a disaggregated level which includes type of collateral and our internal risk rating system for the
commercial segments and type of collateral, lien position, and FICO score, for the consumer segments. Historical credit loss
experience is the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Our quantitative model uses historic data back to the second quarter of 2009. We apply
historical loss rates to pools of loans with similar risk characteristics. After consideration of the historic loss calculation, management applies qualitative
adjustments to reflect the current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts not already reflected in the historical loss information at the balance
sheet date. Our reasonable and supportable forecast adjustment is based on the unemployment forecast and management judgment. For periods beyond our
two year reasonable and supportable forecast, we revert to historical loss rates utilizing a straight-line method over a one year reversion period. The
qualitative adjustments for current conditions are based upon changes in lending policies and practices, experience and ability of lending staff, quality of
the bank’s loan review system, value of underlying collateral, the existence of and changes in concentrations and other external factors. These modified
historical loss rates are multiplied by the outstanding principal balance of each loan to calculate a required reserve. A similar process is employed to
calculate a reserve assigned to off-balance sheet commitments, specifically unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, and any needed reserve is
recorded in other liabilities.

The ACL for individual loans begins with the use of normal credit review procedures to identify whether a loan no longer shares similar risk

characteristics with other pooled loans and therefore, should be individually assessed. We evaluate all commercial loans greater than $0.5 million that meet
the following criteria: 1) when it is determined that foreclosure is probable, 2) substandard, doubtful and nonperforming loans when repayment is expected
to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral, 3) any commercial TDR, or any loan reasonably expected to become a TDR
whether on accrual or nonaccrual status and 4) when it is determined by management that a loan does not share similar risk characteristics with other loans.
Specific reserves are established based on the following three acceptable methods for measuring the ACL: 1) the present value of expected future cash
flows discounted at the loan’s original effective
interest rate; 2) the loan’s observable market price; or 3) the fair value of the collateral when the loan is collateral dependent. Our individual loan
evaluations consist primarily of the fair value of collateral method because most of our loans are collateral dependent. Collateral values are discounted to
consider disposition costs when appropriate. A specific reserve is established or
a charge-off is taken if the fair value of the loan is less than the loan balance.

Our ACL Committee meets quarterly to verify the overall appropriateness of the ACL. Additionally, on an annual basis, the ACL Committee meets to

validate our ACL methodology. This validation includes reviewing the loan segmentation, critical model assumptions, forecast and the qualitative
framework. As a result of this ongoing monitoring process, we may make changes to our ACL to be responsive to the economic environment.

Although we believe our process for determining the ACL appropriately considers all the factors that would likely result in credit losses, the process

includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual losses are higher than management estimates, additional
provision for credit losses could be required and could adversely affect our
earnings or financial position in future periods.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, we

calculated our ALL using an incurred loan loss methodology. The following policy related to the

82

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

ALL in prior periods.

The ALL reflects our estimates of probable credit losses inherent within the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date, and it is presented as a reserve

against loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Determination of an appropriate ALL is inherently subjective and may be subject to significant changes
from period to period. The methodology for determining the ALL has two main components: evaluation and impairment tests of individual loans and
evaluation and impairment tests of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

Loans are considered to be impaired when based upon current information and events it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and

interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. We individually evaluate all substandard and nonaccrual
commercial loans greater than $0.5 million for impairment. A TDR will be reported as an impaired loan for the remaining life of the loan, unless the
restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with
comparable risk and it is expected that the remaining principal and interest will be fully collected according to the restructured agreement. For each TDR or
other impaired loan, we conduct further analysis to determine the probable loss and assign a specific reserve to the loan if deemed appropriate. Specific
reserves are established based on the following three impairment methods: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s
original effective interest rate; 2) the loan’s observable market price; or 3) the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs when the loan is
collateral dependent and we expect to liquidate the collateral. Our impairment evaluations consist primarily of the fair value of collateral method because
most of our loans are collateral dependent. Collateral values are discounted to consider disposition costs when appropriate. A specific reserve is established
or a charge-off is taken if the fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan balance.

The ALL for homogeneous loans is calculated using a systematic methodology with both a quantitative and a qualitative analysis that is applied on a

quarterly basis. The ALL model is comprised of five distinct portfolio segments: 1) CRE, 2) C&I, 3) Commercial Construction, 4) Consumer Real Estate
and 5) Other Consumer. Each segment has a distinct set of risk characteristics monitored by management. We further assess and monitor risk and
performance at a more disaggregated level which includes our internal risk rating system for the commercial segments and type of collateral, lien position
and loan-to-value, or LTV, for the consumer segments.

We first apply historical loss rates to pools of loans with similar risk characteristics. Loss rates are calculated by historical charge-offs that have
occurred within each pool of loans over the loss emergence period, or LEP. The LEP is an estimate of the average amount of time from when an event
happens that causes the borrower to be unable to pay on a loan until the loss is confirmed through a loan charge-off.

In conjunction with our annual review of the ALL assumptions for 2019, we have updated our analysis of LEPs for our Commercial and Consumer

loan portfolio segments using our loan charge-off history. Based on our updated analysis, we shortened our LEP over the construction portfolio from 4
years to 3 years and made no other changes. We estimate an LEP of 3 years for CRE, 3 years for construction and 1.25 years for C&I. We estimate an LEP
of 2.75 years for Consumer Real Estate and 1.25 years for Other Consumer.

Another key assumption is the look-back period, or LBP, which represents the historical data period utilized to calculate loss rates. We used 10.5

years for our LBP for all portfolio segments which encompasses our loss experience during the Financial Crisis, and our more recent improved loss
experience.

After consideration of the historic loss calculations, management applies qualitative adjustments so that the ALL is reflective of the inherent losses
that exist in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Qualitative adjustments are made based upon changes in lending policies and practices, economic
conditions, changes in the loan portfolio, changes in lending management, results of internal loan reviews, asset quality trends, collateral values,
concentrations of credit risk and other external factors. The evaluation of the various components of the ALL requires considerable judgment in order to
estimate inherent loss exposures.

Acquired loans are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition with no carryover of the related ALL. Determining the fair value of acquired loans
involves estimating the principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market rate of interest.
In estimating the fair value of our acquired loans, we considered a number of factors including the loan term, internal risk rating, delinquency status,
prepayment rates, recovery periods, estimated value of the underlying collateral and the current interest rate environment.

Loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration were evaluated and not considered to be significant. The premium or discount estimated through

the loan fair value calculation is recognized into interest income on a level yield or straight-line basis over the remaining contractual life of the loans.
Additional credit deterioration on acquired loans, in excess of the original
credit discount embedded in the fair value determination on the date of acquisition, will be recognized in the ALL through the provision for loan losses.

Our ALL Committee meets quarterly to verify the overall appropriateness of the ALL. Additionally, on an annual basis, the ALL Committee meets to

validate our ALL methodology. This validation includes reviewing the loan segmentation, LEP, LBP and the qualitative framework. As a result of this
ongoing monitoring process, we may make changes to our ALL to be responsive to the economic environment.

83

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Although we believe our process for determining the ALL appropriately considers all of the factors that would likely result in credit losses, the
process includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual losses are higher than management estimates,
additional provisions for loan losses could be required and could adversely affect our earnings or financial position in future periods.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

We have purchased life insurance policies on certain executive officers and employees. We receive the cash surrender value of each policy upon its

termination or benefits are payable to us upon the death of the insured. Changes in net cash surrender value are recognized in noninterest income or
expense in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repairs are charged to

expense as incurred, while improvements that extend an asset’s useful life are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the asset.
Depreciation expense is computed by the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes over the
estimated useful lives of the particular assets. Depreciation expense is included in net occupancy on the Consolidated Statements of Net Income.
Management reviews long-lived assets using events and circumstances to determine if and when an asset is evaluated for recoverability.

The estimated useful lives for the various asset categories are as follows:

1)     Land and Land Improvements
2)     Buildings
3)     Furniture and Fixtures
4)     Computer Equipment and Software
5)     Other Equipment
6)     Vehicles
7)     Leasehold Improvements

Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities

Non-depreciating assets
25 years
5 years
5 years or term of license
5 years
5 years
Lesser of estimated useful life of the asset (generally 15 years unless established
otherwise) or the remaining term of the lease, including renewal options in the lease that
are reasonably assured of exercise

We determine if a contract is or contains a lease at inception. Leases are classified as either finance or operating leases. We recognize leases on our
Consolidated Balance Sheets as right-of-use, or ROU, assets and related lease liabilities. Finance ROU assets are included in property and equipment and
related finance lease liabilities are included in long-term borrowings. Operating lease ROU assets are included in other assets and related operating lease
liabilities are included in other liabilities.  Our lease liability is calculated as the present value of the lease payments over the lease term discounted using
our estimated incremental borrowing rate with similar terms at commencement date. Lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is
reasonably certain that we will exercise those options. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term
for operating leases. Interest and amortization expenses are recognized for finance leases over the lease term. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or
less are not recorded on the balance sheet and the related lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term in net occupancy on our
Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Refer to Note 10 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities for more details.

Restricted Investment in Bank Stock

FHLB, stock is carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. We hold FHLB stock because we are
a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. The FHLB requires members to purchase and hold a specified level of FHLB stock based upon on the member's asset
value, level of borrowings and participation in other programs offered. Stock in the FHLB is non-marketable and is redeemable at the discretion of the
FHLB. Members do not purchase stock in the FHLB for the same reasons that traditional equity investors acquire stock in an investor-owned enterprise.
Rather, members purchase stock to obtain access to the low-cost products and services offered by the FHLB. Unlike equity securities of traditional for-
profit enterprises, the stock of the FHLB does not provide its holders with an opportunity for capital appreciation because, by regulation, FHLB stock can
only be purchased, redeemed and transferred at par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income in taxable investment securities in the
Consolidated Statements of Net Income. FHLB stock is evaluated for impairment when events and circumstance indicate that impairment could exist.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Atlantic Community Bankers’ Bank, or ACBB, stock is carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the
carrying value. We do not currently use their membership products and services. We acquired ACBB stock through various mergers of banks that were
ACBB members. ACBB stock is evaluated for impairment when events and circumstance indicate that impairment could exist.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As a result of acquisitions, we have recorded goodwill and identifiable intangible assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Goodwill represents the

excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired.

We have one reporting unit, Community Banking. Existing goodwill relates to value inherent in the Community Banking reporting unit and that value

is dependent upon our ability to provide quality, cost-effective services in the face of competition from other market participants. This ability relies upon
continuing investments in processing systems, the development of value-added service features and the ease of use of our services. As such, goodwill value
is supported ultimately by profitability that is driven by the volume of business transacted. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth or the
inability to deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment of goodwill, which could adversely impact our earnings in the
period in which impairment occurs.

The carrying value of goodwill is tested annually for impairment each October 1st or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that it may

be impaired. We test for impairment by comparing the fair value of our Community Banking reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an
impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The fair value of the

reporting unit is determined by using both a discounted cash flow model and a market based model. The discounted cash flow model has many assumptions
including future earnings projections, a long-term growth rate and discount rate. The market based model calculates fair value based on observed price
multiples for similar companies. The fair values of each method are then weighted based on relevance and reliability in the current economic environment.

We determine the amount of identifiable intangible assets based upon independent core deposit and insurance contract valuations at the time of
acquisition. Intangible assets with finite useful lives, consisting primarily of core deposit and customer list intangibles, are amortized using straight-line or
accelerated methods over their estimated weighted average useful lives, ranging from 10 to 20 years. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are evaluated
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. No such events or changes in
circumstances occurred during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

The financial services industry and securities markets can be adversely affected by declining values. If economic conditions result in a prolonged

period of economic weakness in the future, our business may be adversely affected. In the event that we determine that our goodwill is impaired,
recognition of an impairment charge could have a significant adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations in the period in which the
impairment occurs.

Variable Interest Entities

Variable interest entities, or VIEs, are legal entities that generally either do not have equity investors with voting rights or that have equity investors

that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. When an enterprise has both the power to direct the economic
activities of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits of the VIE, the entity has a controlling financial interest
in the VIE. A VIE often holds financial assets, including loans, receivables or other property. The company with a controlling financial interest, the primary
beneficiary, is required to consolidate the VIE into its Consolidated Balance Sheets. S&T has three wholly-owned trust subsidiaries, STBA Capital Trust I,
DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital Trust II, or the Trusts, for which it does not absorb a majority of expected losses or receive a majority of the
expected residual returns. The DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital Trust II were acquired with the DNB merger. At inception, these Trusts issued
floating rate trust preferred securities to the Trustees and used the proceeds from the sale to invest in junior subordinated debt securities issued by us. The
Trusts pay dividends on the trust preferred securities at the same rate as the interest we pay on the junior subordinated debt held by the Trusts. The Trusts
are VIEs with the third-party investors as their primary beneficiaries, and accordingly, the Trusts and their net assets are not included in our Consolidated
Financial Statements. However, the junior subordinated debt securities issued by S&T are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

85

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Joint Ventures

We have made investments directly in Low Income Housing Tax Credit, or LIHTC, partnerships formed with third parties. As a limited partner in these

operating partnerships, we receive tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred by the underlying properties. These investments are amortized over a
maximum of 10 years, which represents the period over which the tax credits will be utilized. Our investments in Low Income Housing Partnerships, or
LIHPs, represent unconsolidated variable interest entities, or VIEs, and the assets and liabilities of the partnerships are not recorded on our balance sheet.
We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly
impact the economic performance of the partnership and have both the obligation to absorb expected losses and the right to receive benefits. We use the
cost method to account for these partnerships. These investments are recorded in other assets on our balance sheet. Amortization expense is included in
other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income.

OREO and Other Repossessed Assets

OREO and other repossessed assets are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are comprised of properties acquired through

foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of a foreclosure. At the time of foreclosure or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, these
properties are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less cost to sell. Loan losses arising from the acquisition of any such
property initially are charged against the ACL. Subsequently, these assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or current fair value less cost to sell.
Gains or losses realized upon disposition of these assets are recorded in other expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

MSRs are recognized as separate assets when commitments to fund a loan to be sold are made. Upon commitment, the MSR is established, which
represents the then current estimated fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing the servicing activities. The estimated fair
value of the MSRs is estimated by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, considering expected mortgage loan
prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The expected rate
of mortgage loan prepayments is the most significant factor driving the value of MSRs. Increases in mortgage loan prepayments reduce estimated future net
servicing cash flows because the life of the underlying loan is reduced. In determining the estimated fair value of MSRs, mortgage interest rates, which are
used to determine prepayment rates, are held constant over the estimated life of the portfolio. MSRs are reported in other assets in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets and are amortized into noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated
future net servicing income of the underlying mortgage loans.

MSRs are regularly evaluated for impairment based on the estimated fair value of those rights. MSRs are stratified by certain risk characteristics,
primarily loan term and note rate. If temporary impairment exists within a risk stratification tranche, a valuation allowance is established through a charge
to income equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value. If it is later determined that all or a portion of the temporary
impairment no longer exists for a particular tranche, the valuation allowance is reduced.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest Rate Swaps

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance for derivatives and hedging, all derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the

balance sheet at fair value. Interest rate swaps are contracts in which a series of interest rate flows (fixed and variable) are exchanged over a prescribed
period. The notional amounts on which the interest payments are based are not exchanged. These derivative positions relate to transactions in which we
enter into an interest rate swap with a commercial customer while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial
institution. In connection with each transaction, we agree to pay interest to the customer on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest
from the customer on the same notional amount at a fixed rate. At the same time, we agree to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate
on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount. The transaction allows our customer to effectively
convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate loan with us receiving a variable rate. These agreements could have floors or caps on the contracted interest rates.
Pursuant to our agreements with various financial institutions, we may receive collateral or may be required to post collateral based upon mark-to-
market positions. Beyond unsecured threshold levels, collateral in the form of cash or securities may be made available to counterparties of interest rate
swap transactions. Based upon our current positions and related future collateral requirements relating to them, we believe any effect on our cash flow or
liquidity position to be immaterial.

86

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Derivatives contain an element of credit risk, the possibility that we will incur a loss because a counterparty, which may be a financial institution or a

customer, fails to meet its contractual obligations. All derivative contracts with financial institutions may be executed only with counterparties approved by
our Asset and Liability Committee, or ALCO, and derivatives with customers may only be executed with customers within credit exposure limits approved
in accordance with our credit policy. Interest rate swaps are considered derivatives but are not accounted for using hedge accounting. As such, changes in
the estimated fair value of the derivatives are recorded in current earnings and included in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Net
Income.

Interest Rate Lock Commitments and Forward Sale Contracts

In the normal course of business, we sell originated mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage loan market. We also offer interest rate lock

commitments to potential borrowers. The commitments are generally for a period of 60 days and guarantee a specified interest rate for a loan if
underwriting standards are met, but the commitment does not obligate the potential borrower to close on the loan. Accordingly, some commitments expire
prior to becoming loans. We may encounter pricing risks if interest rates increase significantly before the loan can be closed and sold. We may utilize
forward sale contracts in order to mitigate this pricing risk. Whenever a customer desires these products, a mortgage originator quotes a secondary market
rate guaranteed for that day by the investor. The rate lock is executed between the mortgagee and us and in turn a forward sale contract may be executed
between us and the investor. Both the rate lock commitment and the corresponding forward sale contract for each customer are considered derivatives but
are not accounted for using hedge accounting. As such, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivatives during the commitment period are recorded in
current earnings and included in mortgage banking in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income.

Allowance for Unfunded Commitments

In the normal course of business, we offer off-balance sheet credit arrangements to enable our customers to meet their financing objectives. These

instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. Our
exposure to credit loss, in the event the customer does not satisfy the terms of the agreement, equals the contractual amount of the obligation less the value
of any collateral. We apply the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit that are used for the underwriting of loans to
customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, annual renewals or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because
many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
requirements. The allowance for unfunded commitments is determined using a similar methodology as our ACL methodology except that we apply a
probability to fund assumption. The allowance for unfunded commitments is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The reserve is
calculated by applying historical loss rates and qualitative adjustments to our unfunded commitments. The provision for unfunded commitments is included
in the provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Statement of Net Income.

Treasury Stock

The repurchase of our common stock is recorded at cost. At the time of reissuance, the treasury stock account is reduced using the average cost
method. Gains and losses on the reissuance of common stock are recorded in additional paid-in capital, to the extent additional paid-in capital from
previous treasury share transactions exists. Any deficiency is charged to retained earnings.

Revenue Recognition - Contracts with Customers

We earn revenue from contracts with our customers when we have completed our performance obligations and recognize that revenue when services
are provided to our customers. Our contracts with customers are primarily in the form of account agreements. Generally, our services are transferred at a
point in time in response to transactions initiated and controlled by our customers under service agreements with an expected duration of one year or less.
Our customers have the right to terminate their service agreements at any time.

We do not defer incremental direct costs to obtain contracts with customers that would be amortized in one year or less. These costs are primarily

salaries and employee benefits recognized as expense in the period incurred.

Service charges on deposit accounts - We recognize monthly service charges for both commercial and personal banking customers based on account

fee schedules. Our performance obligation is generally satisfied and the related revenue recognized at a point in time or over time when the services are
provided. Other fees are earned based on specific transactions or customer activity within the customers' deposit accounts. These are earned at the time the
transaction or customer activity occurs.

Debit and credit card services - Interchange fees are earned whenever debit and credit cards are processed through third-party card payment

networks. ATM fees are based on transactions by our customers' and other customers' use of our ATMs or

87

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

other ATMs. Debit and credit card revenue is recognized at a point in time when the transaction is settled. Our performance obligation to our customers is
generally satisfied and the related revenue is recognized at a point in time when the service is provided. Third-party service contracts include annual
volume and marketing incentives which are recognized over a period of twelve months when we meet thresholds as stated in the service contract.

Wealth management services - Wealth management services are primarily comprised of fees earned from the management and administration of
trusts, assets under administration and other financial advisory services. Generally, wealth management fees are earned over a period of time between
monthly and annually, per the related fee schedules. Our performance obligations with our customers are generally satisfied when we provide the services
as stated in the customers' agreements. The fees are based on a fixed amount or a scale based on the level of services provided or amount of assets under
management.

Other fee revenue - Other fee revenue includes a variety of other traditional banking services such as, electronic banking fees, letters of credit

origination fees, wire transfer fees, money orders, treasury checks, checksale fees and transfer fees. Our performance obligations are generally satisfied at a
point in time and fee revenue is recognized when the services are provided or the transaction is settled.

Wealth Management Fees

Assets held in a fiduciary capacity by our subsidiary bank, S&T Bank, are not our assets and are therefore not included in our Consolidated Financial

Statements. Wealth management fee income is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income on an accrual basis.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation includes restricted stock which is measured using the fair value method of accounting. The grant date fair value is
recognized over the period during which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the award. Compensation expense for time-based
restricted stock is recognized ratably over the period of service, generally the entire vesting period, based on fair value on the grant date. Compensation
expense for performance-based restricted stock is recognized ratably over the remaining vesting period once the likelihood of meeting the performance
measure is probable, based on the fair value on the grant date. We estimate expected forfeitures when stock-based awards are granted and record
compensation expense only for awards that are expected to vest.

Pensions

The expense for S&T Bank’s qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans is actuarially determined using the projected unit credit actuarial

cost method. It requires us to make economic assumptions regarding future interest rates and asset returns and various demographic assumptions. We
estimate the discount rate used to measure benefit obligations by applying the projected cash flow for future benefit payments to a yield curve of high-
quality corporate bonds available in the marketplace and by employing a model that matches bonds to our pension cash flows. The expected return on plan
assets is an estimate of the long-term rate of return on plan assets, which is determined based on the current asset mix and estimates of return by asset class.
We recognize in the Consolidated Balance Sheets an asset for the plan’s overfunded status or a liability for the plan’s underfunded status. Gains or losses
related to changes in benefit obligations or plan assets resulting from experience different from that assumed are recognized as other comprehensive
income (loss) in the period in which they occur. To the extent that such gains or losses exceed 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation
or plan assets, they are recognized as a component of pension costs over the future service periods of actively employed plan participants. The funding
policy for the qualified plan is to contribute an amount each year that is at least equal to the minimum required contribution as determined under the
Pension Protection Act of 2006 and the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, but not more than the maximum amount permissible for taxable plan sponsors. Our
nonqualified plans are unfunded.

On January 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to freeze benefit accruals under the qualified and nonqualified defined benefit
pension plans effective March 31, 2016. As a result, no additional benefits are earned by participants in those plans based on service or pay after March 31,
2016. The plan was previously closed to new participants effective December 31, 2007.

Marketing Costs

We expense all marketing-related costs, including advertising costs, as incurred.

88

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Income Taxes

We estimate income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the tax jurisdictions where we conduct business. On a quarterly basis,
management assesses the reasonableness of our effective tax rate based upon our current estimate of the amount and components of net income, tax credits
and the applicable statutory tax rates expected for the full year. We classify interest and penalties as an element of tax expense.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability method and are reported in other assets or other liabilities, as
appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences
between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in tax rate and laws. When deferred tax assets are recognized, they
are subject to a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment as to whether realization is more likely than not.

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to taxing jurisdictions and are reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. We evaluate and assess the relative risks and appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering
statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other information and maintain tax accruals consistent with the evaluation of these relative risks and merits.
Changes to the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being
conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred taxes,
accrued taxes, and the current period’s income tax expense and can be significant to our operating results.

Tax positions are recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax
examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized on
examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share, or EPS, is calculated using the two-class method to determine income allocated to common shareholders. Unvested share-

based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities under the two-class method. Income allocated
to common shareholders is then divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities
are excluded from the basic EPS calculation.

Diluted EPS is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury stock method or the two-class method. Under the treasury stock method, the

weighted average number of common shares outstanding is increased by the potentially dilutive common shares. For the two-class method, diluted EPS is
calculated for each class of shareholders using the weighted average number of shares attributed to each class. Potentially dilutive common shares are
related to restricted stock.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Updates, or ASU or Update

Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud
Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use
Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract.
The amendments in this ASU apply to an entity that is a customer in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. These amendments relate to
accounting for implementation costs (e.g., implementation, setup and other upfront costs). These amendments require an entity in a hosting arrangement
that is a service contract to follow the guidance in Subtopic 350-40 to determine which costs to capitalize and which costs to expense. These amendments
require the entity to expense the capitalized implementation costs of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract over the term of the hosting
arrangement. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. We adopted this ASU on January 1, 2020. The
amendments in this ASU did not materially impact our Consolidated Balance Sheets or Consolidated Statements of Net Income.

Fair Value Measurement - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.

The amendments in this ASU remove certain disclosures from Topic 820, modify disclosures and/or require additional disclosures. We adopted this ASU
on January 1, 2020. The amendments in this Update required us to change our Fair Value disclosures beginning with the disclosures included in Form 10-Q
for the period ended March 31, 2020. The amendments in this ASU did not materially impact our Consolidated Balance Sheets or Consolidated Statements
of Net Income. Refer to Note 4 Fair Value Measurements.

89

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Topic 350).

The main objective of this ASU is to simplify the current requirements for testing goodwill for impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill
impairment test. The amendments are expected to reduce the complexity and costs associated with performing the goodwill impairment test, which could
result in recording impairment charges sooner. This Update is effective for any interim and annual impairment tests in reporting periods in fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2019. We adopted the amendments of this ASU on January 1, 2020. The amendments in this ASU did not have any impact
on our Consolidated Balance Sheets or Consolidated Statements of Net Income.

Financial Instruments - Credit Losses

On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments, which replaces the incurred loss methodology for determining our provision for credit losses, and ACL, with an expected loss methodology
that is referred to as the CECL model. The measurement of expected credit losses under the CECL methodology is applicable to financial assets measured
at amortized cost, including our loans and off-balance sheet credit exposures. In addition, ASU 2016-13 made changes to the accounting for available-for-
sale debt securities. Credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities will be measured in a manner similar to the present guidance, except that such
losses will be recorded as allowances rather than as reductions in the amortized cost of the related securities.

We adopted ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit
exposures. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2020 are presented under ASU 2016-13 while prior period amounts continue to be
reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP.

We made the accounting policy election to not measure an ACL for accrued interest receivables for loans and securities. Accrued interest deemed

uncollectible will be written off through interest income.

The majority of our available-for-sale debt securities are government agency-backed securities for which the risk of loss is minimal, and accordingly

the ACL is immaterial.

In connection with our adoption of ASU 2016-13, we made changes to our loan portfolio segments to align with the methodology applied in
determining the allowance under CECL. Refer to Note 9 Allowance for Credit Losses for further discussion of these portfolio segments. Our new
segmentation breaks out business banking loans from our other loan segments: CRE, C&I, Commercial Construction, Consumer Real Estate and Other
Consumer. Business banking loans are commercial loans made to small businesses that are standard, non-complex products and evaluated through a
streamlined credit approval process that has been designed to maximize efficiency while maintaining high credit quality standards.

The following table details the impact of ASU 2016-13 and the reclassification of loans for the identification of new portfolio loan segments under

CECL:

(dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Loans held for investment (outstanding balance)

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Business banking
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Allowance for credit losses on loans
Total loans held for investment, net

Net deferred tax asset

Liabilities:

Allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments

Equity:

Retained earnings

As Reported Under ASU
2016-13

January 1, 2020

Pre-ASU 2016-13

Impact of ASU 2016-13
Adoption

$

$
$

$

$

2,946,319 
1,458,541 
345,263 
1,092,908 
1,235,352 
58,769 
(89,577)
7,047,575 
19,317 

4,462 

738,493 

$

$
$

$

$

3,416,518 
1,720,833 
375,445 
— 
1,545,323 
79,033 
(62,224)
7,074,928 
13,206 

3,113 

761,083 

$

$
$

$

$

(470,199)
(262,292)
(30,182)
1,092,908 
(309,971)
(20,264)
(27,353)
(27,353)
6,111 

1,349 

(22,590)

The adoption of ASU 2016-13 resulted in an increase to our ACL of $27.4 million on January 1, 2020. The increase included $8.2 million for S&T

legacy loans and $9.3 million for acquired loans from the DNB merger. Under the previously applicable accounting guidance, a credit reserve was not
recorded for acquired loans upon acquisition, however, ASU 2016-13 requires an ACL to be recognized for acquired loans similar to originated loans. We
also recorded a day one adjustment of $9.9 million primarily related to a C&I relationship that was charged off in the first quarter of 2020. We obtained
information

90

Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- continued

on the relationship subsequent to filing our December 31, 2019 Form 10-K, but before the end of the first quarter of 2020. The updated information
supported a loss existed at January 1, 2020. As of January 1, 2020, we recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment of $22.6 million to decrease retained
earnings related to the adoption of ASU 2016-13.

Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted

Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-20): Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit
Plans

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-20): Changes

to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. The amendments in this ASU apply to all employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or
other postretirement plans. These amendments remove certain disclosures from Topic 715-20 and require additional disclosures. The amendments in this
ASU will require S&T to update our employee benefits disclosures beginning with our Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2021. The amendments
in this ASU will have no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The amendments in

this ASU simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and improves the consistent application of GAAP by clarifying and
amending other existing guidance. The amendments in this ASU were effective on January 1, 2021 and will have no impact on our Consolidated Financial
Statements.

Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on
Financial Reporting. The amendments in this ASU provide optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the potential burden in accounting for or
recognizing the effects of reference rate reform on financial reporting. The amendments provide optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to
loan and lease agreements, derivative contracts, and other transactions affected by the anticipated transition away from LIBOR toward new interest rate
benchmarks. Modified contracts that meet certain scope guidance are eligible for relief from the modification accounting requirements in US GAAP. The
optional guidance generally allows for the modified contract to be accounted for as a continuation of the existing contract and does not require contract
remeasurement at the modification date or reassessment of a previous accounting determination.

In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): The amendments in this ASU are elective and apply to all
entities that have derivative instruments that use an interest rate for margining, discounting, or contract price alignment that is modified as a result of the
reference rate reform. The amendments also optionally apply to all entities that designate receive-variable-rate, pay-variable-rate cross-currency interest
rate swaps as hedging instruments in net investment hedges that are modified as a result of reference rate reform.

The amendments in these ASUs are effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. We are evaluating the impact of these ASUs and we

expect LIBOR transition to impact our business operations, but we have not yet determined the impact to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables--Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-08, Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables--Nonrefundable Fees and Other
Costs. The amendments in this ASU affect the guidance in ASU No. 2017-08, relating to Premium Amortization of Purchased Callable Debt Securities and
clarify the Board's intent that an entity should reevaluate whether a callable debt security that has multiple call dates is within scope of paragraph 310-20-
35-33 for each reporting period. For each reporting period, to the extent that the amortized cost basis of an individual callable debt security exceeds the
amount repayable by the issuer at the next call date, the excess shall be amortized to the next call date. If there is no remaining premium or if there are no
further call dates, the entity shall reset the effective yield using the payment terms of the debt security. The amendments in this ASU were effective on
January 1, 2021 and did not materially impact our Consolidated Financial Statements.

91

NOTE 2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On November 30, 2019, we completed our acquisition of DNB Financial Corporation, or DNB, and DNB First National Association, its wholly-owned

bank subsidiary, located in Downingtown, Pennsylvania. The acquisition of DNB expanded our Eastern Pennsylvania market by adding 14 banking
locations, in an all-stock transaction structured as a merger of DNB with and into S&T, with S&T being the surviving entity. The related systems
conversion of DNB into S&T Bank occurred on February 7, 2020.

DNB shareholders received, without interest, 1.22 shares of S&T common stock for each share of DNB common stock. The total purchase price was
approximately $201.0 million, which included $0.4 million of cash and 5,318,964 S&T common shares at a fair value of $37.72 per share. The fair value of
$37.72 per share of S&T common stock was based on the November 30, 2019 closing price.

The Merger was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and our Consolidated Financial Statements include all DNB Bank

transactions beginning on December 1, 2019. Goodwill of $86.0 million at December 31, 2020 was calculated as the excess of the consideration exchanged
over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. All of the goodwill was assigned to our Community Banking segment. The goodwill recognized is
not deductible for tax purposes.

Measurement period adjustments were $1.8 million as of November 30, 2020 which reflect facts and circumstances in existence as of the closing date
of the acquisition. These measurement period adjustments primarily related to a $2.4 million reduction in the fair value of loans, a $0.3 million reduction in
the fair value of borrowings, a $0.1 million reduction of other liabilities, a $0.1 million reduction in other assets and a $0.3 million increase in deferred
income tax assets. The accounting for the acquisition was finalized on November 30, 2020.

92

Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS - continued

The following table presents the fair value adjustments and the measurement period adjustments as of the dates presented:

November 30, 2019

As Recorded by
DNB

Fair Value
Adjustments

As Recorded by
S&T

November 30, 2020

Measurement
Period
Adjustments

As Recorded by
S&T

Fair Value of Assets Acquired
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities and other investments
Loans
Allowance for credit losses
Goodwill
Premises and equipment
Accrued interest receivable
Deferred income taxes
Core deposits and other intangible assets
Other assets

Total Assets Acquired
Fair Value of Liabilities Assumed

Deposits
Borrowings
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

Total Liabilities Assumed
Total Net Assets Acquired

Core Deposit Intangible Asset
Wealth Management Intangible Asset

Total Fair Value of Net Assets Acquired and Identified
Consideration Paid

Cash
Common stock

Fair Value of Total Consideration
Goodwill

$

$

64,119 
108,715 
917,127 
(6,487)
15,525 
6,782 
4,138 
2,017 
269 
24,883 
1,137,088 

966,263 
37,617 
11,157 
1,015,037 
122,051 

$

$

— 
183 
(8,143)
6,487 
(15,525)
8,090 
— 
(3,298)
(269)
(4,278)
(16,753)

1,002 
(276)
(3,184)
(2,458)
(14,295)

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

64,119 
108,898 
908,984 
— 
— 
14,872 
4,138 
(1,281)
— 
20,605 
1,120,335 

967,265 
37,341 
7,973 
1,012,579 
107,756 
7,288 
1,772 
116,816 

360 
200,631 
200,991 
84,175 

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

— 
— 
(2,377)
— 
— 
— 
— 
311 
— 
(116)
(2,182)

— 
(257)
(122)
(379)
(1,803)
— 
— 
(1,803)

— 
— 
— 
1,803 

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

64,119 
108,898 
906,607 
— 
— 
14,872 
4,138 
(970)
— 
20,489 
1,118,153 

967,265 
37,084 
7,851 
1,012,200 
105,953 
7,288 
1,772 
115,013 

360 
200,631 
200,991 
85,978 

Loans acquired in the Merger were recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related ACL from DNB. Determining the fair value of the loans
involves estimating the amount and timing of principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a
market rate of interest. The fair value of the loans acquired was estimated at $909.0 million, net of a $10.5 million discount. The discount is accreted to
interest income over the remaining contractual life of the loans. During the measurement period ended November 30, 2020, the fair value of acquired loans
was reduced by $2.4 million as we finalized our evaluation of the loan portfolio to reflect facts and circumstances in existence as of the acquisition date.
As of December 31, 2020, direct costs related to the DNB merger of $13.7 million were recognized and expensed as incurred. During the year ended

December 31, 2020, we recognized $2.3 million of merger related expenses including $0.2 million in legal and professional fees, $1.4 million in severance
payments and stay-bonuses, $0.4 million for data processing and $0.3 million in other expenses. As of December 31, 2019, we recognized $11.4 million of
merger related expenses, including $4.7 million for data processing contract termination and system conversion costs, $2.8 million in legal and professional
expenses, $3.4 million in severance payments and $0.5 million in other expenses.

93

NOTE 3. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Diluted earnings per share is calculated using both the two-class and the treasury stock methods with the more dilutive

method used to determine reported diluted earnings per share. The two-class method was more dilutive in 2020 and 2019 and was used to determine
reported diluted earnings per share. In 2018, the treasury stock method was more dilutive and was used to determine reported diluted earnings per share.
The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of basic and diluted EPS:

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Numerator for Earnings per Common Share—Basic:
Net income
Less: Income allocated to participating shares
Net Income Allocated to Common Shareholders

Numerator for Earnings per Common Share—Diluted:
Net income
Denominators:
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Basic
Add: Dilutive potential common shares
Denominator for Treasury Stock Method—Diluted

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Basic
Add: Average participating shares outstanding
Denominator for Two-Class Method—Diluted

Earnings per common share—basic
Earnings per common share—diluted
Warrants considered anti-dilutive excluded from dilutive potential common shares - exercise price $31.53 per share,
expires January 2019
Restricted stock considered anti-dilutive excluded from dilutive potential common shares

(1)

2020

Years ended December 31,
2019

2018

$

$

$

$
$

21,040 
68 
20,972 

21,040 

39,070,439 
43,193 
39,113,632 

39,070,439 
2,780 
39,073,219 

0.54 
0.53 

— 
1,242 

$

$

$

$
$

98,234 
260 
97,974 

98,234 

34,628,191 
94,763 
34,722,954 

34,628,191 
51,287 
34,679,478 

2.84 
2.82 

— 
12,686 

$

$

$

$
$

105,334 
304 
105,030 

105,334 

34,775,784 
199,625 
34,975,409 

34,775,784 
100,733 
34,876,517 

3.03 
3.01 

267,106 
81,587 

We repurchased our outstanding warrant on September 11, 2018 for $7.7 million. Prior to the repurchase, the warrant provided the holder the right to 517,012 shares of common stock at a

(1)
strike price of $31.53 per share via cashless exercise.

94

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following tables present our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by fair value hierarchy level at December 31,

2020 and 2019. Interest rate lock commitments to borrowers were transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2020 due to
pull-through factors being a significant unobservable input. There were no transfers between levels for items measured at fair value on a recurring basis at
December 31, 2019.

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS

Debt securities available-for-sale:

U.S. Treasury securities
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Residential mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Commercial mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Corporate obligations
Obligations of states and political subdivisions

Total Debt Securities Available-for-Sale

      Marketable equity securities

Total Securities
Securities held in a deferred compensation plan
Derivative financial assets:

Interest rate swaps
Interest rate lock commitments

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Derivative financial liabilities:

Interest rate swaps
Forward sale contracts

Total Liabilities

(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS

Debt securities available-for-sale:

U.S. Treasury securities
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Residential mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Commercial mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Corporate obligations
Obligations of states and political subdivisions

Total Debt Securities Available-for-Sale

Marketable equity securities

Total Securities
Securities held in a deferred compensation plan
Derivative financial assets:
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate lock commitments
Forward sale contracts

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Derivative financial liabilities:

Interest rate swaps

Total Liabilities

95

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3,228 
3,228 
6,794 

— 
— 
10,022 

— 
— 
— 

Level 1

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
5,078 
5,078 
5,987 

— 
— 
— 
11,065 

— 
— 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

10,282 
82,904 
209,296 
67,778 
273,681 
2,025 
124,427 
770,393 
72 
770,465 
— 

78,319 
— 
848,784 

79,033 
385 
79,418 

$

$

$

$

December 31, 2019

Level 2

Level 3

10,040 
157,697 
189,348 
22,418 
275,870 
7,627 
116,133 
779,133 
72 
779,205 
— 

25,647 
321 
1 
805,174 

25,615 
25,615 

$

$

$
$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
2,900 
2,900 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

10,282 
82,904 
209,296 
67,778 
273,681 
2,025 
124,427 
770,393 
3,300 
773,693 
6,794 

78,319 
2,900 
861,706 

79,033 
385 
79,418 

Total

10,040 
157,697 
189,348 
22,418 
275,870 
7,627 
116,133 
779,133 
5,150 
784,283 
5,987 

25,647 
321 
1 
816,239 

25,615 
25,615 

Table of Contents

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS -- continued

Assets Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We may be required to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Nonrecurring assets are recorded at the lower of cost

or fair value in our financial statements. There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at either December 31, 2020 or
December 31, 2019.

For Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair

value measurements were as follows:

Valuation Technique

Significant Unobservable Inputs

(dollars in thousands)
Loans individually evaluated
Other real estate owned

December 31, 2020
$

67,402  Collateral method
1,953  Collateral method

Mortgage servicing rights

4,976  Discounted cash flow method

Loans held for sale
Total Assets

NA - not applicable

586  Collateral method

$

74,917 

Appraisal adjustment
Costs to sell
Discount rate

Constant prepayment rates
none

(dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2019

Valuation Technique

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Loans individually evaluated

$

38,697 

Collateral method

Appraisal adjustment

Discounted cash flow method

Other real estate owned

3,231  Collateral method

Mortgage servicing rights

1,134  Discounted cash flow method

Discount rate
Costs to sell
Discount rate

Constant prepayment rates

Total Assets
(1)
(2)

$

43,062 

Weighted averages for loans individually evaluated were weighted by loan amounts.
Weighted averages for other real estate owned were weighted by OREO balances.
Weighted averages for mortgage services rights discount rate and prepayment rates were weighted based on note rate tranches.

(3)

96

0%
4%

Range
-
-
9.24% -
8.82% -

47%
7.00%

12.55%

14.58%

NA

Weighted Average
(1) (2) (3)

16.90%
4.92%

9.42%

13.37%
NA

Range
-

20%

0%

4.75% -

5.50%

7.00%

9.39% -
7.46% -

12.54%

12.74%

Weighted Average
(1) (2) (3)

8.55%

5.28%
7.00%

9.49%

9.73%

Table of Contents

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS -- continued

The carrying values and fair values of our financial instruments at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented in the following tables:

(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS

Cash and due from banks, including interest-bearing deposits
Securities
Loans held for sale
Portfolio loans, net
Bank owned life insurance
FHLB and other restricted stock
Collateral receivable
Securities held in a deferred compensation plan
Mortgage servicing rights
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate lock commitments

LIABILITIES
Deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities
Interest rate swaps
Forward sale contracts

(1)

As reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS

Cash and due from banks, including interest-bearing deposits
Securities
Loans held for sale
Portfolio loans, net
Bank owned life insurance
FHLB and other restricted stock
Securities held in a deferred compensation plan
Mortgage servicing rights
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate lock commitments
Forward sale contracts

LIABILITIES
Deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debt securities
Interest rate swaps

(1)

As reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

$

$

$

$

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

229,666 
773,693 
18,528 
7,028,446 
82,303 
13,030 
77,936 
6,794 
4,976 
78,319 
2,900 

7,422,894 
65,163 
75,000 
24,545 
64,083 
79,033 
385 

$

$

229,666 
3,228 
— 
— 
— 
— 
77,936 
6,794 
— 
— 
— 

6,033,075 
65,163 
75,000 
4,494 
64,083 
— 
— 

$

$

— 
770,465 
— 
— 
82,303 
— 
— 
— 
— 
78,319 
— 

1,389,819 
— 
— 
20,051 
— 
79,033 
385 

$

$

— 
— 
18,528 
7,028,446 
— 
13,030 
— 
— 
4,976 
— 
2,900 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

197,823 
784,283 
5,256 
6,940,875 
80,473 
22,977 
5,987 
4,650 
25,647 
321 
1 

7,034,595 
19,888 
281,319 
51,339 
64,277 
25,615 

$

$

197,823 
5,078 
— 
— 
— 
— 
5,987 
— 
— 
— 
— 

5,441,143 
19,888 
281,319 
4,678 
64,277 
— 

$

$

— 
779,205 
— 
— 
80,473 
— 
— 
— 
25,647 
321 
1 

1,593,452 
— 
— 
46,661 
— 
25,615 

$

$

— 
— 
5,256 
6,940,875 
— 
22,977 
— 
4,650 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

$

$

$

$

Carrying
(1)
Value

229,666 
773,693 
18,528 
7,108,248 
82,303 
13,030 
77,936 
6,794 
4,976 
78,319 
2,900 

7,420,538 
65,163 
75,000 
23,681 
64,083 
79,033 
385 

Carrying
Value
(1)

197,823 
784,283 
5,256 
7,074,928 
80,473 
22,977 
5,987 
4,662 
25,647 
321 
1 

7,036,576 
19,888 
281,319 
50,868 
64,277 
25,615 

97

NOTE 5. RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANK ACCOUNTS

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve, imposes certain reserve requirements on all depository institutions.

These reserves are maintained in the form of vault cash or as an interest-bearing balance with the Federal Reserve. The required reserves averaged
$15.5 million for 2020, $43.9 million for 2019 and $38.8 million for 2018. The decrease in the required reserve average from 2019 to 2020 was due to the
Federal Reserve reducing the reserve requirement ratio to zero percent effective on March 26, 2020. The Federal Reserve maintained this reserve
requirement ratio for the remainder of 2020.

NOTE 6. DIVIDEND AND LOAN RESTRICTIONS

S&T is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. A substantial portion of our revenues consist of dividend payments
we receive from S&T Bank. S&T Bank, in turn, is subject to state laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay to us. In addition, both
S&T and S&T Bank are subject to various general regulatory policies relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate
capital above regulatory minimums. The Federal Reserve has indicated that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only if (i) the
organization’s net income available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and (ii) the prospective rate
of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In connection with our reduced
net income and our inability to fully fund the dividend from earnings over the prior year, due in substantial part to the customer fraud that occurred in the
second quarter of 2020, we received non-objection letters from the Federal Reserve to continue to pay our dividends declared in the third and fourth quarter
of 2020. Thus, under certain circumstances based upon our financial condition, our ability to declare and pay quarterly dividends may require consultation
with the Federal Reserve and may be prohibited by applicable Federal Reserve Board guidance.

Federal law prohibits us from borrowing from S&T Bank unless such loans are collateralized by specific obligations. Further, such loans are limited to

10 percent of S&T Bank’s capital stock and surplus.

NOTE 7. SECURITIES

The following table presents the fair values of our securities portfolio at the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Debt securities available-for-sale
Marketable equity securities
Total Securities

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale

December 31,

2020

$

$

770,393 
3,300 
773,693 

2019

$

$

779,133 
5,150 
784,283 

The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

(dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and
agencies
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S.
government corporations and agencies
Residential mortgage-backed securities of U.S.
government corporations and agencies
Commercial mortgage-backed securities of U.S.
government corporations and agencies
Corporate Obligations
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Total Debt Securities Available-for-Sale

December 31, 2020

Gross
Unrealized
Gains
302 

$

Gross
Unrealized
Losses
— 

$

Amortized
Cost
9,980 

$

Fair Value
10,282 

$

Amortized
Cost
9,969 

$

December 31, 2019

Gross
Unrealized
Gains
71 

$

Gross
Unrealized
Losses
— 

$

78,755 

202,975 

66,960 

258,875 
2,021 
117,439 
737,005 

$

$

4,149 

6,410 

818 

14,806 
5 
6,988 
33,478 

$

— 

(89)

— 

— 
(1)
— 
(90)

82,904 

209,296 

67,778 

273,681 
2,025 
124,427 
770,393 

$

155,969 

186,879 

22,120 

273,771 
7,603 
112,116 
768,427 

$

$

1,773 

2,773 

321 

2,680 
24 
4,017 
11,659 

$

(45)

(304)

(23)

(581)
— 
— 
(953)

Fair Value
10,040 

$

157,697 

189,348 

22,418 

275,870 
7,627 
116,133 
779,133 

$

98

Table of Contents

NOTE 7. SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE -- continued

The following table shows the composition of gross and net realized gains and losses for the periods presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses
Net Realized Gains/(Losses)

2020
219 
(77)
142 

$

$

Years ended December 31,

2019
41 
(67)
(26)

$

$

2018
— 
— 
— 

$

$

The following tables present the fair value and the age of gross unrealized losses on debt securities available-for-sale by investment category as of the

dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities
Obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Collateralized mortgage
obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Residential mortgage-backed
securities of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Commercial mortgage-backed
securities of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Corporate Obligations
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions
Total

Less Than 12 Months

December 31, 2020
12 Months or More

Number
of
Securities
— 

$

Fair
Value
— 

Unrealized
Losses
— 

$

Number
of
Securities
— 

$

Fair
Value
— 

Unrealized
Losses
— 

$

Number
of
Securities
— 

$

Total

Fair
Value
— 

Unrealized
Losses
— 

$

— 

2 

— 

1 

— 
3 

— 

35,697 

— 

499 

— 
36,196 

$

$

— 

(89)

— 

(1)

— 
(90)

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

$

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

$

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

2 

— 

— 
1 

— 
3 

— 

35,697 

— 

— 
499 

— 
36,196 

$

$

— 

(89)

— 

— 
(1)

— 
(90)

99

Table of Contents

NOTE 7. SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE -- continued

Less Than 12 Months

December 31, 2019
12 Months or More

(dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities
Obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Collateralized mortgage
obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Residential mortgage-backed
securities of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
Commercial mortgage-backed
securities of U.S. government
corporations and agencies
(1)
Corporate Obligations 
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions
Total

Number
of
Securities
— 

$

Fair 
Value
— 

Unrealized
Losses
— 

$

Number
of
Securities
— 

$

3 

6 

1 

9 
1 

22,638 

23,393 

982 

90,005 
79 

— 
20 

$

— 
137,097 

$

(45)

(73)

(2)

(581)
— 

— 
(701)

— 

6 

1 

— 
— 

— 
7 

Fair
Value
— 

Unrealized
Losses
— 

$

— 

— 

25,254 

(231)

2,534 

— 
— 

— 
27,788 

$

$

(21)

— 
— 

— 
(252)

Number
of
Securities
— 

$

3 

12 

2 

9 
1 

Total

Fair
Value
— 

Unrealized
Losses
— 

$

22,638 

(45)

48,647 

(304)

3,516 

90,005 
79 

— 
27 

$

— 
164,885 

$

(23)

(581)
— 

— 
(953)

(1)

 Unrealized loss on Corporate Obligations rounded to less than one thousand dollars.

We evaluate securities with unrealized losses quarterly to determine if the decline in fair value has resulted from credit loss or other factors. We do not

believe any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2020 represents an impairment. At December 31, 2020, there were 3 debt securities and at
December 31, 2019 there were 27 debt securities in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses on debt securities were primarily attributable to
changes in interest rates and not related to the credit quality of the issuers. All debt securities are determined to be investment grade and paying principal
and interest according to the contractual terms of the security. We do not intend to sell and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell any
of the securities in an unrealized loss position before recovery of their amortized cost. We
concluded that the ACL for debt securities was immaterial at December 31, 2020. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 there was no other than temporary
impairment, or OTTI, recorded during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The following table presents net unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, on debt securities available-for-sale included in accumulated other

comprehensive income/(loss), for the periods presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Total unrealized gains/(losses) on debt securities available-for-
sale
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net Unrealized Gains/(Losses), Net of Tax Included in
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

$

$

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

December 31, 2020
Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

December 31, 2019

33,478 
(7,128)

26,350 

$

$

(90)
19 

(71)

$

$

33,388 
(7,109)

26,279 

$

$

11,659 
(2,486)

9,173 

$

$

(953)
203 

(750)

$

$

10,706 
(2,283)

8,423 

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2020 by contractual maturity are included in the table below.
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.

100

Table of Contents

NOTE 7. SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE -- continued

(dollars in thousands)
Obligations of the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government corporations and agencies, and obligations of states and political subdivisions

Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale With Maturities

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Residential mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Commercial mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies
Corporate Obligations

Total Debt Securities Available-for-Sale

December 31, 2020

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

$

$

40,495 
103,119 
41,370 
21,190 
206,174 
202,975 
66,960 
258,875 
2,021 
737,005 

$

$

41,006 
109,043 
43,765 
23,799 
217,613 
209,296 
67,778 
273,681 
2,025 
770,393 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, debt securities with carrying values of $308 million and $286 million were pledged for various regulatory and legal

requirements.

Marketable Equity Securities

The following table presents realized and unrealized net gains and losses for our marketable equity securities for the periods presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Marketable Equity Securities
Net market (losses)/gains recognized

Less: Net gains recognized for equity securities sold

Unrealized (Losses)/Gains on Equity Securities Still Held

Years ended December 31,

2020

(500)
142 
(642)

$

$

2019

334 
— 
334 

$

$

2018

(328)
— 
(328)

$

$

101

NOTE 8. LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Loans are presented net of unearned income of $16.0 million and $4.6 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019 and net of a discount related to purchase

accounting fair value adjustments of $8.6 million and $12.3 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
The following table summarizes the composition of originated and acquired loans as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Business banking

Total Commercial Loans
Consumer

Consumer Real Estate
Other Consumer

Total Consumer Loans

Total Portfolio Loans
Loans held for sale

Total Loans

(1)

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

2,791,947 
1,559,552 
466,077 
1,160,067 
5,977,643 

1,167,332 
80,885 
1,248,217 

7,225,860 
18,528 
7,244,388 

$

$

3,059,592 
1,480,529 
370,060 
846,790 
5,756,971 

1,295,207 
84,974 
1,380,181 

7,137,152 
5,256 
7,142,408 

(1) 

Excludes interest receivable of $24.7 million at December 31, 2020 and $22.1 million at December 31, 2019. Interest receivable is included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Commercial and industrial loans, or C&I, included $465 million of loans originated under the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, at December 31,
2020. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security, or CARES Act was signed into law. The CARES Act included the PPP, a
program designed to aid small and medium sized businesses through federally guaranteed loans distributed through banks. PPP loans are forgivable, in
whole or in part, if the proceeds are used for payroll and other permitted expenses in accordance with the requirements of the PPP. The loans are 100
percent guaranteed by the Small Business Administration, or SBA. These loans carry a fixed rate of 1.00 percent and a term of two years, or five years for
loans approved by the SBA, on or after June 5, 2020. Payments are deferred for at least six months of the loan. The SBA pays us a processing fee ranging
from 1.0 percent to 5.0 percent based on the size of the loan. Interest is accrued as earned and loan origination fees and direct costs are deferred and
accreted or amortized into interest income over the contractual life of the loan using the level yield method. When a PPP loan is paid off or forgiven by the
SBA, the remaining unaccreted or unamortized net origination fees or costs will be immediately recognized into income.

We attempt to limit our exposure to credit risk by diversifying our loan portfolio by segment, geography, collateral and industry and actively managing
concentrations. When concentrations exist in certain segments, we mitigate this risk by reviewing the relevant economic indicators and internal risk rating
trends and through stress testing of the loans in these segments. Total commercial loans represented 79 percent of total portfolio loans at December 31,
2020 and 77 percent at December 31, 2019. Within our commercial portfolio, the CRE and Commercial Construction portfolios combined comprised $3.7
billion or 66 percent of total commercial loans and 51 percent of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2020 and comprised $3.8 billion or 69 percent of
total commercial loans and 53 percent of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2019. Further segmentation of the CRE and Commercial Construction
portfolios by collateral type reveals no concentration in excess of 15 percent of both total CRE and Commercial Construction loans at December 31, 2020
and 11 percent at December 31, 2019.

We lend primarily in Pennsylvania and the contiguous states of Ohio, New York, West Virginia and Maryland. The majority of our commercial and

consumer loans are made to businesses and individuals in this geography, resulting in a concentration. We believe our knowledge and familiarity with
customers and conditions locally outweighs this geographic concentration risk. The conditions of the local and regional economies are monitored closely
through publicly available data and information supplied by our customers. We also use subscription services for additional geographic and industry
specific information. Our CRE and Commercial Construction portfolios have exposure outside this geography of 5.9 percent of the combined portfolios at
December 31, 2020 and 5.4 percent at December 31, 2019. Exposure of total portfolio loans was 3.0 percent at December 31, 2020 compared to 2.9 percent
of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2019.

102

Table of Contents

NOTE 8. LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE -- continued

The following table summarizes our restructured loans as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Business banking
Consumer real estate
Other consumer
Total

(1)

Performing
TDRs
14 
7,090 
3,267 
1,503 
5,581 
5 
17,460 

$

$

December 31, 2020
Nonperforming
TDRs
16,654 
9,885 
— 
430 
2,319 
— 
29,289 

$

$

$

$

(1) 

Refer to Note 1, Basis of Presentation for details of reclassification of our portfolio segments related to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326):

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Residential mortgage
Home equity
Other consumer
Total

Performing
TDRs
22,233 
6,909 
1,425 
2,013 
4,371 
9 
36,960 

$

$

December 31, 2019
Nonperforming
TDRs
6,713 
695 
— 
822 
678 
4 
8,912 

$

$

$

$

Total
TDRs
16,668 
16,975 
3,267 
1,933 
7,900 
5 
46,748 

Total
TDRs
28,946 
7,604 
1,425 
2,835 
5,049 
13 
45,872 

The significant increase in nonperforming TDRs at December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 was primarily related to a $21.3 million CRE

relationship that went nonaccrual in the first quarter of 2020 and was charged down by $10.0 million in the third quarter of 2020, leaving a remaining
outstanding balance of $11.3 million and an $11.2 million C&I relationship that went nonaccrual and was charged down by $1.6 million during the fourth
quarter of 2020 leaving a remaining outstanding balance of $9.6 million. Both relationships experienced continued deterioration as a result of the COVID-
19 pandemic.

103

Table of Contents

NOTE 8. LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE -- continued

The following tables present the restructured loans by loan segment and by type of concession for the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Totals by Loan Segment
Commercial Real Estate

Payment deferral

Total Commercial Real Estate
Business Banking

Maturity date extension
Total Business Banking
Commercial and Industrial
Maturity date extension
Maturity date extension and interest rate reduction
Payment delay and below market interest rate
Payment deferral

Total Commercial and Industrial
Commercial Construction
Maturity date extension

Total Commercial Construction
Consumer Real Estate
Consumer bankruptcy
Maturity date extension and reduction in payment
Payment deferral

(2)

Total Consumer Real Estate
Other Consumer

(2)

Consumer bankruptcy
Total Other Consumer
Totals by Concession Type

Payment deferral
Maturity date extension
Maturity date extension and interest rate reduction
Payment delay and below market interest rate
(2)
Consumer bankruptcy
Maturity date extension and reduction in payment

2020

Number of
Loans

Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
(1)

Investment

Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
(1)

Investment

Total
Difference
in Recorded
Investment

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
2 
1 
5 

3 
3 

22 
6 
1 
29 

1 
1 

3 
5 
1 
2 
23 
6 
40 

$

$

5,292 
5,292 

333 
333 

11,195 
3,735 
362 
93 
15,385 

2,592 
2,592 

988 
670 
30 
1,688 

5 
5 

$

5,415 
14,120 
3,735 
362 
993 
670 
25,295 

$

4,791 
4,791 

165 
165 

9,605 
3,735 
354 
22 
13,716 

2,329 
2,329 

956 
660 
29 
1,645 

4 
4 

$

4,842 
12,099 
3,735 
354 
960 
660 
22,650 

$

(501)
(501)

(168)
(168)

(1,590)
— 
(8)
(71)
(1,669)

(263)
(263)

(32)
(10)
(1)
(43)

(1)
(1)

(573)
(2,021)
— 
(8)
(33)
(10)
(2,645)

(3)

Total
(1)
balance represents the outstanding balance at period end.
(2)

(3) 
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.

 Excludes loans that were fully paid off or fully charged-off by period end. The pre-modification balance represents the balance outstanding prior to modification. The post-modification

 Consumer bankruptcy loans where the debt has been legally discharged through the bankruptcy court and not reaffirmed.
Refer to Note 1, Basis of Presentation for details of reclassification of our portfolio segments related to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326):

104

Table of Contents

NOTE 8. LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE -- continued

(dollars in thousands)
Totals by Loan Segment
Commercial Real Estate

Maturity date extension and interest rate reduction
Principal deferral
Principal deferral and maturity date extension
Below market interest rate
Total Commercial Real Estate
Commercial and Industrial

Maturity date extension and interest rate reduction
Principal deferral
Principal deferral and maturity date extension

Total Commercial and Industrial
Residential Mortgage

Principal deferral and maturity date extension
(2)
Consumer bankruptcy

Total Residential Mortgage
Home equity

Principal deferral and maturity date extension
Interest rate reduction
Consumer bankruptcy

(2)

Total Home Equity
Installment and Other Consumer

Consumer bankruptcy

(2)

Total Installment and Other Consumer
Totals by Concession Type

Maturity date extension and interest rate reduction
Principal deferral
Principal deferral and Maturity date extension
Interest rate reduction
Below market interest rate
Consumer bankruptcy

(2)

(3)

Total
(1)
balance represents the outstanding balance at period end.
(2)

(3) 
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.

2019

Number of
Loans

Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
(1)

Investment

Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
(1)

Investment

Total
Difference
in Recorded
Investment

1 
3 
1 
2 
7 

1 
1 
1 
3 

3 
3 
6 

2 
2 
29 
33 

4 
4 

2 
4 
7 
2 
2 
36 
53 

150 
23,517 
436 
569 
24,672 

4,751 
1,250 
292 
6,294 

183 
165 
348 

39 
190 
886 
1,116 

145 
23,059 
436 
1,519 
25,159 

4,136 
1,250 
275 
5,661 

183 
157 
340 

39 
188 
810 
1,037 

$

$

16 
16 

$

11 
11 

$

4,902 
24,767 
950 
190 
569 
1,068 
32,446 

$

4,280 
24,309 
933 
188 
1,519 
977 
32,206 

$

(6)
(458)
— 
950 
486 

(616)
— 
(17)
(633)

— 
(9)
(9)

— 
(2)
(77)
(79)

(5)
(5)

(622)
(458)
(17)
(2)
950 
(91)
(240)

 Excludes loans that were fully paid off or fully charged-off by period end. The pre-modification balance represents the balance outstanding prior to modification. The post-modification

 Consumer bankruptcy loans where the debt has been legally discharged through the bankruptcy court and not reaffirmed.
Refer to Note 1, Basis of Presentation for details of reclassification of our portfolio segments related to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326):

In response to the coronavirus, or COVID-19, pandemic and its economic impact on our customers, we implemented a short-term modification
program that complies with the CARES Act to provide temporary payment relief to those borrowers directly impacted by COVID-19 who were not more
than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. This program allows for a deferral of payments for 90 days and up to a maximum of 180 days for our
commercial customers. The customer remains responsible for deferred payments along with any additional interest accrued during the deferral period. For
our consumer customers, interest does not accrue during the deferral period and the maturity date is extended by the length of the deferral period. Under the
applicable guidance, none of these loans were considered restructured during 2020. We had 52 loans that were modified totaling $195.6 million at
December 31, 2020.

105

Table of Contents

NOTE 8. LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE -- continued

We had 20 commitments for $0.8 million to lend additional funds on TDRs at December 31, 2020 compared to 24 commitments for $4.6 million at
December 31, 2019. We had one TDR with a total loan balance of $0.1 million that returned to accruing status during 2020. We returned six TDRs totaling
$0.5 million to accruing status during 2019.

Defaulted TDRs are defined as loans having a payment default of 90 days or more after the restructuring takes place that were restructured within the

last 12 months prior to defaulting. There were six TDRs totaling $11.8 million that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to no
TDRs that defaulted during 2019. The increase in defaulted TDRs was primarily related to a $21.3 million CRE relationship that went nonaccrual in the
first quarter of 2020 and charged down by $10.0 million in the third quarter of 2020, leaving a remaining outstanding balance of $11.3 million. The
relationship experienced continued deterioration as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
The following table is a summary of nonperforming assets as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming Assets
Nonaccrual loans
Nonaccrual TDRs
Total nonaccrual loans
OREO
Total Nonperforming Assets

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

117,485 
29,289 
146,774 
2,155 
148,929 

$

$

45,145 
8,912 
54,057 
3,525 
57,582 

NPAs increased $91.3 million to $148.9 million during 2020 compared to $57.6 million at December 31, 2019. The significant increase in

nonperforming loans primarily related to the addition of $56.3 million of hotel loans that moved to nonperforming during the fourth quarter of 2020 as a
result of continued deterioration due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Also moving to nonperforming during 2020 were $11.3 million and $6.7 million CRE
relationships that experienced financial deterioration that led to cash flow shortfalls, a $5.9 million CRE relationship that was associated with the customer
fraud and a $15.1 million C&I relationship that experienced financial deterioration that led to cash flow shortfalls.

The following table presents a summary of the aggregate amount of loans to certain officers, directors of S&T or any affiliates of such persons as of

December 31:

Balance at beginning of year
New loans
Repayments or no longer considered a related party
Balance at end of year

2020

2019

8,225 
3,343 
(5,239)
6,329 

$

$

8,682 
2,442 
(2,899)
8,225 

$

$

NOTE 9. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

We maintain an ACL at a level determined to be adequate to absorb estimated expected credit losses within the loan portfolio over the contractual life
of an instrument that considers our historical loss experience, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions as of the balance sheet date.
We develop and document a systematic ACL methodology based on the following portfolio segments: 1) CRE, 2) C&I, 3) Commercial Construction, 4)
Business Banking, 5) Consumer Real Estate and 6) Other Consumer.
The following are key risks within each portfolio segment:

CRE—Loans secured by commercial purpose real estate, including both owner-occupied properties and investment properties for various purposes such as
hotels, retail, multifamily and health care. The primary sources of repayment for these loans are the operations of the individual projects and global cash
flows of the debtors. The condition of the local economy is an important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks depending on the collateral
type and the business prospects of the lessee, if the project is not owner-occupied.

C&I—Loans made to operating companies or manufacturers for the purpose of production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment
financing. The primary source of repayment for these loans is cash flow from the operations of the company. The condition of the local economy is an
important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks depending on the industry of the company. Collateral for these types of loans often does
not have sufficient value in a distressed or liquidation scenario to satisfy the outstanding debt.

Commercial Construction—Loans made to finance construction of buildings or other structures, as well as to finance the

106

Table of Contents

Note 9. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES - continued

acquisition and development of raw land for various purposes. While the risk of these loans is generally confined to the construction period, if there are
problems, the project may not be completed, and as such, may not provide sufficient cash flow on its own to service the debt or have sufficient value in a
liquidation to cover the outstanding principal. The condition of the local economy is an important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks
depending on the type of project and the experience and resources of the developer.

Business Banking—Commercial loans made to small businesses that are standard, non-complex products evaluated through a streamlined credit approval
process that has been designed to maximize efficiency while maintaining high credit quality standards that meet small business market customers’ needs.
The business banking portfolio is monitored by utilizing a standard and closely managed process focusing on behavioral and performance criteria. The
condition of the local economy is an important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks depending on the collateral type and business.

Consumer Real Estate—Loans secured by first and second liens such as home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and 1-4 family residential
mortgages. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower. The condition of the local economy, in particular the
unemployment rate, is an important indicator of risk for this segment. The state of the local housing market can also have a significant impact on this
segment because low demand and/or declining home values can limit the ability of borrowers to sell a property and satisfy the debt.

Other Consumer—Loans made to individuals that may be secured by assets other than 1-4 family residences, as well as unsecured loans. This segment
includes auto loans, unsecured loans and lines and credit cards. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower.
The condition of the local economy, in particular the unemployment rate, is an important indicator of risk for this segment. The value of the collateral, if
there is any, is less likely to be a source of repayment due to less certain collateral values.

Management monitors various credit quality indicators for the commercial, business banking and consumer loan portfolios, including changes in risk

ratings, nonperforming status and delinquency on a monthly basis.

We monitor the commercial loan portfolio through an internal risk rating system. Loan risk ratings are assigned based upon the creditworthiness of the

borrower and are reviewed on an ongoing basis according to our internal policies. Loans within the pass rating generally have a lower risk of loss than
loans risk rated as special mention or substandard.

Our risk ratings are consistent with regulatory guidance and are as follows:

Pass—The loan is currently performing and is of high quality.

Special Mention—A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that warrant management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential
weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects or in the strength of our credit position at some future date.

Substandard—A substandard loan is not adequately protected by the net worth and/or paying capacity of the borrower or by the collateral pledged, if any.
Substandard loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct
possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful—Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses
make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

107

Table of Contents

Note 9. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES - continued

The following table presents loan balances by year of origination and internally assigned risk rating for our portfolio segments as of December 31,

2020:

(dollars in thousands)

Commercial Real Estate

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total Commercial Real Estate

Commercial and Industrial

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total Commercial and Industrial

Commercial Construction

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total Commercial Construction

Business Banking

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total Business Banking

Consumer Real Estate

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total Consumer Real Estate

Other consumer

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total Other Consumer

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015 and Prior Revolving

Revolving-
Term

Total

Risk Rating

$

334,086  $

— 
— 
— 
334,086 

454,131 
3,697 
— 
— 
457,828 

131,235 
1,578 
— 
— 
132,813 

296,254 
— 
103 
— 
296,357 

120,736 
— 
— 
— 
120,736 

18,849 
— 
15 
— 
18,864 

422,800  $
35,499 
17,259 
645 
476,203 

394,963  $
10,200 
12,781 
— 
417,944 

277,724  $
22,502 
19,914 
— 
320,140 

307,321  $
55,174 
50,700 
1,989 
415,184 

615,217  $
75,022 
83,792 
6,529 
780,560 

199,453 
8,211 
7,793 
— 
215,457 

224,794 
2,533 
3,580 
— 
230,907 

154,335 
1,060 
1,078 
— 
156,473 

122,171 
— 
373 
— 
122,544 

13,162 
— 
— 
— 
13,162 

140,049 
2,628 
2,613 
— 
145,290 

59,649 
3,886 
— 
— 
63,535 

123,207 
1,147 
3,896 
— 
128,250 

67,700 
1,489 
742 
— 
69,931 

6,784 
— 
— 
— 
6,784 

68,607 
697 
8,544 
4,401 
82,249 

2,420 
— 
501 
— 
2,921 

86,552 
1,602 
3,209 
— 
91,363 

63,653 
— 
1,480 
— 
65,133 

3,395 
— 
— 
— 
3,395 

27,645 
768 
75 
— 
28,488 

6,346 
— 
— 
— 
6,346 

77,238 
1,084 
3,880 
— 
82,202 

73,805 
— 
2,449 
— 
76,254 

2,082 
— 
— 
— 
2,082 

206,782 
1,046 
13,781 
— 
221,609 

4,555 
8,593 
3,629 
— 
16,777 

266,042 
6,866 
25,871 
— 
298,779 

243,939 
150 
6,958 
— 
251,047 

687 
— 
3,367 
— 
4,054 

46,330 
— 
1,500 
— 
47,830 

383,082 
23,527 
2,022 
— 
408,631 

12,778 
— 
— 
— 
12,778 

103,571 
637 
1,341 
— 
105,549 

438,888 
132 
— 
— 
439,020 

26,647 
— 
744 
— 
27,391 

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 

2,398,441 
198,397 
185,946 
9,163 
2,791,947 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

291 
123 
680 
— 
1,094 

22,667 
— 
— 
— 
22,667 

2,767 
— 
2,386 
— 
5,153 

1,479,749 
40,574 
34,828 
4,401 
1,559,552 

441,777 
16,590 
7,710 
— 
466,077 

1,107,490 
12,519 
40,058 
— 
1,160,067 

1,153,559 
1,771 
12,002 
— 
1,167,332 

74,373 
— 
6,512 
— 
80,885 

Total Loan Balance

$

1,360,684  $

1,214,746  $

831,734  $

565,201  $

610,556  $

1,572,826  $

1,041,199  $

28,914  $

7,225,860 

We monitor the delinquent status of the commercial and consumer portfolios on a monthly basis. Loans are considered nonperforming when interest
and principal are 90 days or more past due or management has determined that a material deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition exists. The risk
of loss is generally highest for nonperforming loans.

108

Table of Contents

Note 9. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES - continued

The following table presents loan balances by year of origination and performing and nonperforming status for our portfolio segments as of

December 31, 2020:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015 and
Prior

Revolving

Revolving-
Term

Total

Commercial Real Estate
Performing
Nonperforming
Total Commercial Real Estate

Commercial and Industrial
Performing
Nonperforming
Total Commercial and Industrial

Commercial Construction
Performing
Nonperforming
Total Commercial Construction

Business Banking
Performing
Nonperforming
Total Business Banking

Consumer Real Estate
Performing
Nonperforming
Total Consumer Real Estate

Other Consumer
Performing
Nonperforming
Total Other Consumer

Performing
Nonperforming
Total Loan Balance

$

334,086  $

— 
334,086 

457,828 
— 
457,828 

132,813 
— 
132,813 

296,327 
30 
296,357 

120,736 
— 
120,736 

18,864 
— 
18,864 

459,799  $
16,404 
476,203 

417,944  $

— 
417,944 

313,465  $
6,675 
320,140 

394,972  $
20,212 
415,184 

722,782  $
57,778 
780,560 

47,830  $
— 
47,830 

—  $
— 
— 

2,690,879 
101,070 
2,791,947 

214,144 
1,313 
215,457 

230,907 
— 
230,907 

156,164 
309 
156,473 

122,315 
229 
122,544 

13,162 
— 
13,162 

143,706 
1,584 
145,290 

63,535 
— 
63,535 

126,432 
1,818 
128,250 

69,225 
706 
69,931 

6,784 
— 
6,784 

69,411 
12,838 
82,249 

2,921 
— 
2,921 

90,414 
949 
91,363 

63,647 
1,486 
65,133 

3,395 
— 
3,395 

28,426 
62 
28,488 

6,346 
— 
6,346 

80,106 
2,096 
82,202 

74,690 
1,564 
76,254 

2,082 
— 
2,082 

220,701 
908 
221,609 

16,393 
384 
16,777 

286,970 
11,809 
298,779 

245,331 
5,716 
251,047 

3,958 
96 
4,054 

408,350 
281 
408,631 

12,778 
— 
12,778 

105,494 
55 
105,549 

438,702 
318 
439,020 

27,391 
— 
27,391 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

1,542,566 
16,985 
1,559,552 

465,692 
384 
466,077 

1,037 
57 
1,094 

1,142,944 
17,123 
1,160,067 

21,572 
1,096 
22,667 

1,156,216 
11,116 
1,167,332 

5,153 
— 
5,153 

80,789 
96 
80,885 

1,360,654 
30 

$

1,360,684  $

1,196,491 
18,254 
1,214,746  $

827,625 
4,108 
831,734  $

543,253 
21,948 
565,201  $

586,622 
23,934 
610,556  $

1,496,135 
76,691 
1,572,826  $

1,040,544 
654 

1,041,199  $

27,762 
1,153 
28,914  $

7,079,086 
146,774 
7,225,860 

The following tables present the age analysis of past due loans segregated by class of loans as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Business banking
Consumer real estate
Other consumer
Total

Current
2,690,877 
1,542,567 
462,094 
1,140,581 
1,153,028 
80,583 
7,069,730 

$

$

$

$

30-59 Days
Past Due
— 
— 
19 
1,614 
1,087 
168 
2,888 

$

$

60-89 Days
Past Due
— 
— 
3,580 
379 
1,968 
37 
5,965 

December 31, 2020

(2)

90 Days + Past
(1)

Due

$

$

— 
— 
— 
371 
132 
— 
503 

$

$

Non-
performing
101,070 
16,985 
384 
17,122 
11,117 
96 
146,774 

$

$

Total
Past Due
Loans
101,070 
16,985 
3,983 
19,486 
14,304 
302 
156,130 

Total Loans
2,791,947 
1,559,552 
466,077 
1,160,067 
1,167,332 
80,885 
7,225,860 

$

$

(1) 

(2)

Represents acquired loans that were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and remain performing at December 31, 2020.
 We had 52 loans that were modified totaling $195.6 million under the CARES Act at December 31, 2020. These customers were not considered past due as a result of their delayed payments.

Upon exiting the loan modification deferral program, the measurement of loan delinquency will resume where it left off upon entry into the program. Due to the modification program, this
delinquency table may not accurately reflect the credit risk associated with these loans.

109

Table of Contents

Note 9. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES - continued

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Business banking
Consumer real estate
Other consumer
Total

December 31, 2019

Current
3,025,505 
1,466,460 
367,204 
830,735 
1,283,591 
81,866 
7,055,361 

$

$

$

$

30-59 Days
Past Due
7,749 
126 
956 
5,093 
2,620 
1,448 
17,992 

$

$

60-89 Days
Past Due
71 
1,589 
1,163 
1,099 
1,758 
305 
5,985 

90 Days + Past
Due
911 
1,443 
— 
— 
1,175 
228 
3,757 

$

$

Non-
performing
25,356 
10,911 
737 
9,863 
6,063 
1,127 
54,057 

$

$

$

$

Total
Past Due
Loans
34,087 
14,069 
2,856 
16,055 
11,616 
3,108 
81,791 

Total Loans
3,059,592 
1,480,529 
370,060 
846,790 
1,295,207 
84,974 
7,137,152 

$

$

The following table presents loans on nonaccrual status and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing by class of loan:

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Business banking
Consumer real estate
Other consumer
Total

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2020
For the twelve months
ended

Beginning of
Period
Nonaccrual

End of Period
Nonaccrual

Nonaccrual
With No Related
Allowance

Past Due 90+
Days Still
Accruing

Interest Income Recognized
on Nonaccrual

(1)

$

$

25,356 
10,911 
737 
9,863 
6,063 
1,127 
54,057 

$

$

101,070 
16,985 
384 
17,122 
11,117 
96 
146,774 

$60,401 
6,436 
285 
3,890 
398 
— 
$71,410 

$

$

— 
— 
— 
371 
132 
— 
503 

(1) 

Represents only cash payments received and applied to interest on nonaccrual loans.

The following table presents collateral-dependent loans by class of loan:

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Business banking
Consumer real estate
Total

Real Estate

Blanket Lien

Investment/Cash

Other

December 31, 2020
Type of Collateral

$100,450 
1,040 
3,552 
3,085 
398 
$108,525 

$— 
15,080 
— 
1,619 
— 
$16,699 

$— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
$— 

The following table presents activity in the ACL for year ended December 31, 2020:

(dollars in thousands)
Allowance for credit losses on loans:
Balance at beginning of period
Impact of CECL adoption
Provision for credit losses on loans
Charge-offs
Recoveries

Net (Charge-offs)/Recoveries
Balance at End of Period

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial and
Industrial 

(2)

Commercial
Construction

Business
(1)
Banking

Consumer
Real Estate

Other
Consumer

Total
Loans

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020

$

$

30,577 
4,810 
56,489 
(26,460)
240 
(26,220)
65,656 

$

$

15,681 
7,853 
65,288 
(74,282)
1,560 
(72,722)
16,100 

$

$

7,900 
(3,376)
2,986 
(454)
183 
(271)
7,239 

$

$

— 
12,898 
5,303 
(2,612)
328 
(2,284)
15,917 

$

$

6,337 
4,525 
(368)
(667)
187 
(480)
10,014 

$

$

1,729 
636 
1,723 
(1,890)
488 
(1,402)
2,686 

$

$

62,224 
27,346 
131,421 
(106,365)
2,986 
(103,379)
117,612 

(1)

 In connection with our adoption of ASU 2016-13, we made changes to our loan portfolio segments to align with the methodology applied in determining the

110

$22 
101 
— 
275 
423 
4 
$826 

$— 
— 
— 
689 
— 
$689 

 
Table of Contents

Note 9. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES - continued

allowance under CECL. Our new segmentation breaks out business banking loans from our other loan segments: CRE, C&I, commercial construction, consumer real estate and other consumer.
The business banking allowance balance at the beginning of period is included in the other segments and reclassified to business banking through the impact of CECL adoption line.
(2)

 During the three months ended June 30, 2020, we experienced a pre-tax loss of $58.7 million related to a customer fraud resulting from a check kiting scheme.

The adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments resulted in
an increase to our ACL of $27.4 million on January 1, 2020. The increase included $8.2 million for S&T legacy loans and $9.3 million for acquired loans
from the DNB merger. We also recorded a day one adjustment of $9.9 million primarily related to a C&I relationship that was charged off in the first
quarter of 2020. We obtained information on the relationship subsequent to filing our December 31, 2019 10-K, but before the end of the first quarter of
2020. The updated information supported a loss existed at January 1, 2020.

We recognized a charge-off of $58.7 million related to a customer fraud from a check kiting scheme during the second quarter of 2020. The fraud was

perpetrated by a single business customer and the customer has plead guilty in an ongoing criminal investigation. We continue to pursue all available
sources of recovery to mitigate the loss. The customer also had a lending relationship of $14.8 million, including a $14.0 million commercial real estate
loan and an $0.8 million line of credit which resulted in an additional $8.9 million charge-off in 2020. At December 31, 2020, $5.9 million remains
outstanding as a nonperforming loan that has been fully charged down to the estimated sale price of the collateral.

The impact of COVID-19 was captured in our quantitative reserve as certain impacted loans were downgraded to special mention and substandard and

in our qualitative reserve through our economic forecast and other qualitative adjustments. Commercial special mention, substandard and doubtful loans
increased $281 million to $571 million compared to $290 million at December 31, 2019, with an increase of $162 million in substandard loans,
$113 million in special mention loans and $11.4 million in doubtful loans. The increase in both special mention and substandard loans was mainly due to
downgrades in our hotel portfolio. Specific reserves on loans individually assessed increased $11.3 million to $13.5 million compared to $2.2 million in
2019. Included in the $13.5 million of specific reserves was $6.7 million for loans in our hotel portfolio. Specific reserves for hotels were based on
liquidation values from appraisals received in the fourth quarter of 2020. Our qualitative reserve increased $14.1 million in 2020 which included
$8.6 million for the economic forecast, $3.2 million for portfolio allocations made in our hotel, business banking and C&I portfolios due to the COVID-19
pandemic, and $2.3 million for current conditions. The change in reserve attributed to the economic forecast reflected reductions in the second and third
quarters due to an improved economic forecast. Our forecast covers a period of two years and is driven primarily by national unemployment data. The
change attributed to the portfolio allocations was primarily due to $3.0 million of ACL added for our business banking portfolio.

The C&I portfolio included $465.0 million of loans originated under the PPP at December 31, 2020. The loans are 100 percent guaranteed by the SBA,

therefore, we have not assigned any ACL to these loans at December 31, 2020.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, we

calculated our allowance for loan losses using an incurred loan loss methodology. The following tables are disclosures related to the allowance for loan
losses in prior periods.

The following table presents the recorded investment in commercial loan classes by internally assigned risk ratings as of the date presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Pass
Special mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total

Commercial
Real Estate
3,270,437 
57,285 
86,772 
2,023 
3,416,518 

$

$

$

% of
Total
95.7  %
1.7  %
2.5  %
0.1  %

100.0 % $

Commercial
and Industrial
1,636,314 
36,484 
47,980 
55 
1,720,833 

December 31, 2019

$

% of
Total
95.1  %
2.1  %
2.8  %
—  %

100.0 % $

Commercial
Construction
347,324 
10,109 
17,899 
133 
375,445 

% of
Total
92.5  %
2.7  %
4.8  %
—  %

$

100.0 % $

Total
5,254,056 
103,878 
152,651 
2,211 
5,512,796 

% of
Total
95.3  %
1.9  %
2.8  %
—  %
100.0 %

111

Table of Contents

Note 9. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES - continued

The following table presents the recorded investment in consumer loan classes by performing and nonperforming status as of the date presented:

(dollars in
thousands)
Performing
Nonperforming
Total

Residential
Mortgage
991,066 
7,519 
998,585 

$

$

% of
Total
99.2  % $
0.8  %
100.0 % $

Home
Equity
535,709 
2,639 
538,348 

% of
Total
99.5  % $
0.5  %
100.0 % $

Installment
and other
consumer
78,993 
40 
79,033 

% of
Total
99.9  % $
0.1  %
100.0 % $

Consumer
Construction
8,390 
— 
8,390 

% of
Total
100.0  % $
—  %
100.0 % $

Total
1,614,158 
10,198 
1,624,356 

% of
Total
99.4  %
0.6  %
100.0 %

December 31, 2019

The following table presents investments in loans considered to be impaired and related information on those impaired loans as of December 31, 2019:

(dollars in thousands)
With a related allowance recorded:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Total with a Related Allowance Recorded

Without a related allowance recorded:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Total without a Related Allowance Recorded

Total:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Total

December 31, 2019
Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Recorded
Investment

Related
Allowance

$

$

13,011 
10,001 
489 
— 
9 
23,510 

34,909 
7,605 
1,425 
7,884 
4 
51,827 

47,920 
17,606 
1,914 
7,884 
13 
75,337 

$

$

14,322 
10,001 
489 
— 
9 
24,821 

40,201 
10,358 
2,935 
8,445 
11 
61,950 

54,523 
20,359 
3,424 
8,445 
20 
86,771 

$

$

2,023 
55 
113 
— 
9 
2,200 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

2,023 
55 
113 
— 
9 
2,200 

112

Table of Contents

Note 9. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES - continued

The following table summarizes average recorded investment and interest income recognized on loans considered to be impaired for the year

presented:

(dollars in thousands)

With a related allowance recorded:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Total with a Related Allowance Recorded
Without a related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer
Total without a Related Allowance Recorded

Total:

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer

Total

The following table details activity in the ALL for the period presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year

Charge-offs
Recoveries

Net (Charge-offs)

Provision for loan losses

Balance at End of Year

Commercial
Real Estate
33,707 
(3,664)
137 
(3,527)

397 
30,577 

Commercial
and Industrial
11,596 
(8,928)
1,388 
(7,540)

11,625 
15,681 

$

$

$

$

$

$

2019

Commercial
Construction
7,983 
(406)
5 
(401)

318 
7,900 

$

$

Consumer
Real Estate
6,187 
(1,353)
637 
(716)

866 
6,337 

$

$

Other
Consumer
1,523 
(1,838)
377 
(1,461)

1,667 
1,729 

Loans acquired in the DNB merger were recorded at fair value of $909.0 million with no carryover of the related ALL.

The following table presents the ALL and recorded investments in loans by category as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Commercial construction
Consumer real estate
Other consumer
Total

Allowance for Loan Losses

Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
2,023 
55 
113 
— 
9 
2,200 

$

$

Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
28,554 
15,626 
7,787 
6,337 
1,720 
60,024 

$

$

$

$

2019

Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
47,920 
17,606 
1,914 
7,884 
13 
75,337 

$

$

Portfolio Loans

Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
3,368,598 
1,703,227 
373,531 
1,537,439 
79,020 
7,061,815 

$

$

Total
30,577 
15,681 
7,900 
6,337 
1,729 
62,224 

$

$

$

$

113

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2019
Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

$

$

14,018 
10,135 
489 
— 
13 
24,655 

35,739 
5,565 
1,831 
8,190 
7 
51,332 

49,757 
15,700 
2,320 
8,190 
20 
75,987 

$

$

— 
576 
— 
— 
1 
577 

943 
368 
131 
397 
— 
1,839 

943 
944 
131 
397 
1 
2,416 

Total
60,996 
(16,189)
2,544 
(13,645)

14,873 
62,224 

Total
3,416,518 
1,720,833 
375,445 
1,545,323 
79,033 
7,137,152 

NOTE 10. RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS AND LEASE LIABILITIES

We have 51 lease contracts, including 48 operating leases and three finance leases. These leases are for our branch, loan production and support
services facilities. Included in the lease expense for premises are leases with one S&T director, which totaled approximately $0.2 million for each of the
three years 2020, 2019 and 2018.

The following table presents our lease expense for finance and operating leases for the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Operating lease expense
Amortization of ROU assets - finance leases
(1)
Interest on lease liabilities - finance leases 
Total Lease Expense
(1)

$

$

2020
5,711 
224 
84 
6,019 

$

$

2019

4,221 
101 
74 
4,396 

$

$

2018

3,850 
44 
11 
3,905 

 Included in borrowings interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Net Income. All other lease costs in this table are included in net occupancy expense.

The following table presents our ROU assets, weighted average term and the discount rates for finance and operating leases as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Operating Leases
ROU assets
Operating cash flows

Finance Leases
ROU assets
Operating cash flows
Financing cash flows

Weighted Average Lease Term - Years

Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted Average Discount Rate

Operating leases
Finance leases

$
$

$
$
$

2020

2019

$
$

$
$
$

46,245 
6,489 

1,278 
84 
180 

18.70
12.09

5.90 %
5.81 %

47,686 
5,028 

1,513 
47 
57 

19.18
12.16

5.94 %
5.73 %

Leases acquired from the DNB merger were remeasured at the acquisition date resulting in a ROU asset of $10.9 million at December 31, 2019.
As of December 31, 2020, two operating leases were considered abandoned due to branch closures and the right-of-use asset values were reduced by
$0.5 million to zero and the related liabilities were reduced by $0.2 million. We recognized additional expense of $0.3 million at the date of abandonment
for these two leases.

The following table presents the maturity analysis of lease liabilities for finance and operating leases as of December 31, 2020:

(dollars in thousands)
Maturity Analysis

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter

Total
Less: Present value discount
Lease Liabilities

Finance
269 
225 
129 
130 
132 
1,145 
2,030 
(636)
1,394 

$

$

Operating
4,789 
4,855 
4,759 
4,752 
4,787 
66,409 
90,351 
(38,402)
51,949 

$

$

Total
5,058 
5,080 
4,888 
4,882 
4,919 
67,554 
92,381 
(39,038)
53,343 

$

$

114

Table of Contents

NOTE 11. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The following table is a summary of premises and equipment as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Land
Premises
Furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation
Total

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

8,651 
61,299 
45,072 
12,061 
127,083 
(71,469)
55,614 

$

$

9,018 
60,767 
41,713 
11,290 
122,788 
(65,848)
56,940 

Certain banking facilities are leased under finance leases and are included in total premises and equipment. We have one right-of-use asset for land in

the amount of $0.2 million and two right-of use assets for buildings totaling $1.1 million. Additional information relating to leased right-of-use assets is
included in Note 10 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities.

Depreciation expense related to premises and equipment was $6.7 million in 2020, $5.4 million in 2019 and $5.0 million in 2018.

115

Table of Contents

NOTE 12. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table presents goodwill as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
Additions
Balance at End of Year

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

371,621 
1,803 
373,424 

$

$

287,446 
84,175 
371,621 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. Additional goodwill of $1.8 million and $84.2 million

was recorded during 2020 and 2019 related to our acquisition of DNB. Refer to Note 2 Business Combinations for further details on the DNB merger.

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if it is determined that a triggering event has occurred. In response to the current
economic environment as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we completed an interim quantitative goodwill impairment analysis as of August 31, 2020
and updated this analysis as of October 1, 2020, our annual goodwill impairment evaluation date. Additionally, we completed an interim quantitative
goodwill impairment analysis as of November 30, 2020 and updated this analysis as of December 31, 2020. Based upon our impairment analysis, we
determined that our goodwill of $373.4 million was not impaired at December 31, 2020.

The following table presents a summary of intangible assets as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Gross carrying amount at beginning of year
Additions
Accumulated amortization
Balance at End of Year

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

31,052 
288 
(22,665)
8,675 

$

$

21,898 
9,154 
(20,133)
10,919 

Intangible assets of $8.7 million at December 31, 2020 relate to core deposit and wealth management customer relationships resulting from

acquisitions. The $0.3 million addition during 2020 related to acquired wealth management customer relationships. We determined the amount of
identifiable intangible assets for our core deposits based upon an independent valuation. Other intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. There were no triggering events in 2020 requiring an
impairment analysis to be completed.

Amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets totaled $2.5 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018.
The following is a summary of the expected amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets, assuming no new additions, for each of the five

years following December 31, 2020 and thereafter:

(dollars in thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total

Amount
1,780 
1,518 
1,319 
1,151 
820 
2,087 
8,675 

$

$

116

Table of Contents

NOTE 13. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The following table indicates the amounts representing the value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities at December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Interest Rate Swap Contracts—Commercial Loans

Fair value
Notional amount
Collateral posted

Interest Rate Lock Commitments—Mortgage Loans

Fair value
Notional amount

Forward Sale Contracts—Mortgage Loans

Fair value
Notional amount

Derivatives (included in
Other Assets)

Derivatives (included
in Other Liabilities)

2020

2019

2020

2019

$

78,319 
983,638 
— 

2,900 
51,053 

— 
— 

$

$

25,647 
740,762 
— 

321 
9,829 

1 
12,750 

79,033 
983,638 
77,930 

— 
— 

385 
47,062 

$

25,615 
740,762 
26,127 

— 
— 

— 
— 

Presenting offsetting derivatives that are subject to legally enforceable netting arrangements with the same party is permitted. For example, we may

have a derivative asset and a derivative liability with the same counterparty to a swap transaction and are permitted to offset the asset position and the
liability position resulting in a net presentation.

The following table indicates the gross amounts of commercial loan swap derivative assets and derivative liabilities, the amounts offset and the

carrying values in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Gross amounts recognized
Gross amounts offset

Net amounts presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

Gross amounts not offset

(1)

Net Amount

(1)

Amounts represent collateral posted for the periods presented.

Derivatives (included
in Other Assets)

Derivatives (included
in Other Liabilities)

2020

2019

2020

2019

$

$

82,655 
(4,336)
78,319 
— 
78,319 

$

$

26,146 
(499)
25,647 
— 
25,647 

$

$

82,626 
(3,593)
79,033 
(77,930)
1,103 

$

$

$

$

26,114 
(499)
25,615 
(26,127)
(512)

2018

145 
25 
60 
230 

The following table indicates the gain or loss recognized in income on derivatives for the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Interest rate swap contracts—commercial loans
Interest rate lock commitments—mortgage loans
Forward sale contracts—mortgage loans
Total Derivative (Loss)/Gain

2020

(746)
1,715 
478 
1,447 

$

$

$

$

2019

(132)
70 
(54)
(116)

117

NOTE 14. MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the 1-4 family mortgage loans that were sold to Fannie Mae amounted to $345.1 million,
$94.5 million and $79.3 million. At December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 our servicing portfolio totaled $718.2 million, $509.2 million and $473.7 million.

The following table indicates MSRs and the net carrying values:

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2018
Additions
Amortization
Temporary recapture
Balance at December 31, 2019
Additions
Amortization
Temporary (impairment)
Balance at December 31, 2020

Servicing
Rights
4,518 
1,086 
(665)
— 
4,939 
2,887 
(1,206)
— 
6,620 

$

$

$

Valuation
Allowance
(54)
— 
— 
(223)
(277)
— 
— 
(1,354)
(1,631)

Net Carrying
Value
4,464 
1,086 
(665)
(223)
4,662 
2,887 
(1,206)
(1,354)
4,989 

$

$

$

$

$

$

NOTE 15. QUALIFIED AFFORDABLE HOUSING

As part of our responsibilities under the Community Reinvestment Act and due to their favorable federal income tax benefits, we invest in Low
Income Housing partnerships, or LIHPs. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, we receive tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred
by the underlying properties. Our maximum exposure to loss associated with these investments consists of the investments' fair value plus any unfunded
commitments as well as the denial of the tax credits if the project is deemed non-compliant. We do not have any loss reserves recorded related to these
investments because we believe the likelihood of any loss to be remote. Our investments in LIHPs represent unconsolidated variable interest entities, or
VIEs, and the assets and liabilities of the partnerships are not recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We have determined that we are not the
primary beneficiary of these VIEs because we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the
partnership and have both the obligation to absorb expected losses and the right to receive benefits.

Our total investment in qualified affordable housing projects was $8.4 million at December 31, 2020 and $4.8 million at December 31, 2019.

Amortization expense was $3.2 million, $2.6 million and $2.7 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The amortization expense was offset by
tax credits of $2.2 million, $4.2 million and $3.4 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 as a reduction to our federal tax provision.

On September 11, 2019, we entered into a new qualified affordable housing project and committed to an investment of $10.2 million. As of

December 31, 2020, we have invested $7.1 million in this new project. No amortization expense or tax credits will be recognized for this new project until
it is complete.

118

NOTE 16. DEPOSITS

The following table presents the composition of deposits at December 31 and interest expense for the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand
Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit
Total

2020

2019

2018

Balance
2,261,994 
864,510 
1,937,063 
969,508 
1,387,463 
7,420,538 

$

$

$

$

Interest
Expense
— 
2,681 
11,645 
972 
20,688 
35,986 

$

$

Balance
1,698,082 
962,331 
1,949,811 
830,919 
1,595,433 
7,036,576 

$

$

Interest
Expense
— 
3,915 
30,236 
1,928 
26,947 
63,026 

$

$

Balance
1,421,156 
573,693 
1,482,065 
784,970 
1,412,038 
5,673,922 

$

$

Interest
Expense
— 
93 
20,018 
1,773 
18,972 
40,856 

The aggregate of all certificates of deposits over $100,000, including brokered CDs, was $688.4 million and $754.8 million at December 31, 2020 and

2019. Certificates of deposits over $250,000, including brokered CDs, were $329.7 million and $347.5 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The following table indicates the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2020:

(dollars in thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total

Amount
1,182,938 
122,596 
27,825 
17,415 
33,149 
3,540 
1,387,463 

$

$

119

NOTE 17. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Short-term borrowings are for terms under or equal to one year and are comprised of securities sold under REPOs and FHLB advances. All REPOs are

overnight short-term investments and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC. Securities pledged as collateral under these
REPO financing arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party and, therefore, the REPOs are accounted for as secured borrowings.
Mortgage-backed securities with amortized cost of $65.1 million and carrying value of $68.4 million at December 31, 2020 and amortized cost of $22.7
million and carrying value of $23.0 million at December 31, 2019 were pledged as collateral for these secured transactions. The pledged securities are held
in safekeeping at the Federal Reserve. Due to the overnight short-term nature of REPOs, potential risk due to a decline in the value of the pledged collateral
is low. Collateral pledging requirements with REPOs are monitored daily. FHLB advances are for various terms and are secured by a blanket lien on
residential mortgages and other real estate secured loans.

The following table presents the composition of short-term borrowings, the weighted average interest rate as of December 31 and interest expense for

the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
REPOs
FHLB advances
Total Short-term Borrowings

Balance
65,163 
75,000 
140,163 

$

$

2020
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
0.25 % $
0.19 %
0.22 % $

Interest
Expense
169 
1,434 
1,603 

Balance
19,888 
281,319 
301,207 

$

$

2019
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
0.74 % $
1.84 %
1.76 % $

Interest
Expense
110 
6,416 
6,526 

Balance
18,383 
470,000 
488,383 

$

$

2018
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
0.46 % $
2.65 %
2.57 % $

Interest
Expense
222 
11,082 
11,304 

120

NOTE 18. LONG-TERM BORROWINGS AND SUBORDINATED DEBT

Long-term borrowings are for original terms greater than one year and are comprised of FHLB advances, capital leases and junior subordinated debt

securities. Our long-term borrowings at the Pittsburgh FHLB were $22.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and $49.3 million as of December 31, 2019.
Long-term FHLB advances are secured by the same loans as short-term FHLB advances. Total loans pledged as collateral at the FHLB were $4.1 billion at
December 31, 2020. We were eligible to borrow up to an additional $2.5 billion based on qualifying collateral and up to a maximum borrowing capacity of
$2.9 billion at December 31, 2020.

The following table represents the balance of long-term borrowings, the weighted average interest rate as of December 31 and interest expense for the

years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousand)
Long-term borrowings
Weighted average interest rate
Interest expense

2020

2019

2018

$

$

23,681 

2.03 %
1,201 

$

$

50,868 

2.60 %
1,831 

$

$

70,314 

2.84 %
1,129 

Scheduled annual maturities and average interest rates for all of our long-term debt for each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2020 and

thereafter are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total

Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

Balance
1,251 
7,689 
464 
13,381 
80 
816 
23,681 

$

$

Average  Rate
3.67  %
2.27  %
5.72  %
1.35  %
5.82  %
6.02  %
2.03 %

The following table represents the composition of junior subordinated debt securities at December 31 and the interest expense for the years ended

December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Junior subordinated debt
Junior subordinated debt—trust preferred securities
Total

2020

Balance
34,750 
29,333 
64,083 

$

$

$

$

Interest
Expense
1,007 
1,279 
2,286 

$

$

2019

Balance
34,753 
29,524 
64,277 

$

$

Interest
Expense
1,059 
1,251 
2,310 

$

$

2018

Balance
25,000 
20,619 
45,619 

$

$

Interest
Expense
951 
1,149 
2,100 

The following table summarizes the key terms of our junior subordinated debt securities:

(dollars in thousands)
Junior Subordinated Debt
Trust Preferred Securities
Stated Maturity Date
Optional redemption date at par
Regulatory Capital

2001 Trust
Preferred Securities
$—
5,155
7/25/2031
Any time after 7/25/2011
Tier 1

2005 Trust
Preferred Securities
$—
4,124
5/23/2035
Any time after 5/23/2010
Tier 1

Interest Rate
Interest Rate at December 31, 2020

6 Month LIBOR plus 375
bps
4.06%

3 Month LIBOR plus 177
bps
1.98%

2015 Junior
Subordinated Debt
$9,750
—
3/6/2025
Quarterly after 4/1/2020
Tier 2
fixed at 4.25% until
4/1/2020 then prime plus
100 bps
4.25%

2006 Junior
Subordinated Debt
$25,000
—
12/15/2036
Any time after 9/15/2011
Tier 2

2008 Trust
Preferred Securities
$—
20,619
3/15/2038
Any time after 3/15/2013
Tier 1

3 month LIBOR plus 160
bps
1.82%

3 month LIBOR plus 350
bps
3.72%

121

Table of Contents

NOTE 18. LONG-TERM BORROWINGS AND SUBORDINATED DEBT - continued

We have completed three private placements of trust preferred securities to financial institutions. As a result, we own 100 percent of the common
equity of STBA Capital Trust I, DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital Trust II, or the Trusts. The Trusts were formed to issue mandatorily redeemable
capital securities to third-party investors. The proceeds from the sale of the securities and the issuance of the common equity by the Trusts were invested in
junior subordinated debt securities issued by us. The third party investors are considered the primary beneficiaries of the Trusts; therefore, the Trusts
qualify as variable interest entities, but are not consolidated into our financial statements. The Trusts pays dividends on the securities at the same rate as the
interest paid by us on the junior subordinated debt held by the Trusts. DNB Capital Trust I and DNB Capital Trust II were acquired with the DNB merger.

122

NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

In the normal course of business, we offer off-balance sheet credit arrangements to enable our customers to meet their financing objectives. These

instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. Our
exposure to credit loss, in the event the customer does not satisfy the terms of the agreement, equals the contractual amount of the obligation less the value
of any collateral. We apply the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit that are used for the underwriting of loans to
customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, annual renewals or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because
many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
requirements.

Estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items were not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit

standing of the counterparties.

The following table sets forth our commitments and letters of credit as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
Total

$

$

December 31,
2020
2,185,752 
89,095 
2,274,847 

$

$

2019
1,910,805 
80,040 
1,990,845 

Allowance for Credit Losses on Unfunded Loan Commitments

We maintain an ACL on unfunded commercial and consumer lending commitments and letters of credit to provide for the risk of loss in these

arrangements. 

The activity in the unfunded loan commitments reserve is summarized as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
Impact of adopting ASU 2016-13 at January 1, 2020
Balance after adoption of ASU 2016-13
Provision for credit losses
Total

December 31, 2020
$

$

3,112 
1,349 
4,461 
6 
4,467 

December 31, 2019

$

$

2,139 
— 
2,139 
973 
3,112 

The increase in the reserve for unfunded commitments at December 31, 2020 was primarily related to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1,

2020.

Litigation

In the normal course of business, we are subject to various legal and administrative proceedings and claims. While any type of litigation contains a

level of uncertainty, we believe that the outcome of such proceedings or claims pending will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

123

NOTE 20. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

The information presented in the following table presents the point of revenue recognition for revenue from contracts with customers. Other revenue

streams are excluded such as: interest income, net securities gains and losses, insurance, mortgage banking and other revenues that are accounted for under
other GAAP.

(dollars in thousands)
Revenue Streams 
Service charges on deposit accounts

(1)

Debit and credit card

Wealth management

Other fee revenue

Point of Revenue Recognition
Over a period of time
At a point in time

Over a period time
At a point in time

Over a period of time
At a point in time

At a point in time

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,797 
9,907 
11,704 

738 
14,355 
15,093 

7,919 
2,038 
9,957 

3,722 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,859 
11,457 
13,316 

723 
12,682 
13,405 

6,939 
1,684 
8,623 

3,836 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,972 
11,124 
13,096 

657 
12,022 
12,679 

7,113 
2,971 
10,084 

3,854 

(1) 

Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for the types of revenue streams that are included within each category.

124

NOTE 21. INCOME TAXES

The following table presents the composition of income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Federal

Current
Deferred
Total Federal
State

Current
Deferred
Total State
Total Federal and State

2020

4,256 
(4,273)
(17)

145 
(129)
16 
(1)

$

$

2019

18,918 
(406)
18,512 

589 
25 
614 
19,126 

$

$

2018

13,616 
3,517 
17,133 

720 
(8)
712 
17,845 

$

$

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes. We

ordinarily generate an annual effective tax rate that is less than the statutory rate of 21 percent primarily due to benefits resulting from certain partnership
investments, such as low income housing and historic rehabilitation projects, tax-exempt interest, excludable dividend income and tax-exempt income on
BOLI. The state tax provision is due to taxable business activities conducted at our loan production office in New York.

On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or Tax Act, was signed into law. The Tax Act resulted in significant

changes to the U.S. corporate tax system including a federal corporate rate reduction from 35 percent to 21 percent. The Tax Act also established new tax
laws that became effective January 1, 2018. GAAP requires us to record the effects of a tax law change in the period of enactment. As a result, in 2017 we
re-measured our deferred tax assets and liabilities and recorded a provisional adjustment of $13.4 million. This re-measurement adjustment was recognized
as an increase to our income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017. The calculation over the income tax effects of the Tax Act was completed in the
third quarter of 2018. We recognized a $3.0 million income tax benefit as a result of finalizing the calculation.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31:

Statutory tax rate
Low income housing tax credits
Tax-exempt interest
Bank owned life insurance
Gain on sale of a majority interest of insurance business
Merger related expenses
Other
Impact of the Tax Act
Effective Tax Rate

2020
21.0  %
(11.1) %
(11.9) %
(1.8) %
—  %
—  %
3.8  %
—  %
— %

2019
21.0  %
(3.3) %
(2.1) %
(0.4) %
—  %
0.3  %
0.8  %
—  %
16.3 %

2018
21.0  %
(2.5) %
(2.1) %
(0.4) %
0.7  %
—  %
0.3  %
(2.5) %
14.5 %

125

Table of Contents

NOTE 21. INCOME TAXES -- continued

The following table presents significant components of our temporary differences as of the dates presented:

(dollars in thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets:

Allowance for credit losses
Lease liabilities
State net operating loss carryforwards
Net adjustment to funded status of pension
Low income housing partnerships
Other employee benefits
Other

Gross Deferred Tax Assets
Less: Valuation allowance
Total Deferred Tax Assets
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Right-of-use lease assets
Net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale
Deferred loan income
Prepaid pension
Purchase accounting adjustments
Depreciation on premises and equipment
Other

Total Deferred Tax liabilities
Net Deferred Tax Asset

December 31,
2020

26,051 
11,368 
5,489 
4,692 
3,996 
2,050 
3,798 
57,444 
(5,489)
51,955 

(10,141)
(7,125)
(6,796)
(5,209)
(1,971)
(1,275)
(1,245)
(33,762)
18,193 

$

$

2019

13,798 
11,257 
5,134 
5,438 
3,494 
3,039 
1,856 
44,016 
(5,134)
38,882 

(10,476)
(2,570)
(3,555)
(5,971)
(1,269)
(592)
(1,243)
(25,676)
13,206 

$

$

We establish a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets. Except for
Pennsylvania net operating losses, or NOLs, we have determined that no valuation allowance is needed for deferred tax assets because it is more likely than
not that these assets will be realized through future reversals of existing temporary differences and through future taxable income. The valuation allowance
is reviewed quarterly and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets. Gross deferred tax assets were reduced by a
valuation allowance of $5.5 million in 2020 and $5.1 million in 2019 related to Pennsylvania income tax NOLs. The Pennsylvania NOL carryforwards total
$54.9 million and will expire in the years 2021-2041.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The following table reconciles the change in Federal and State gross unrecognized tax benefits, or UTB, for the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
Prior period tax positions
Current period tax positions

Balance at End of Year
Amount That Would Impact the Effective Tax Rate if Recognized

$

$
$

2020
1,051 
(18)
244 
1,277 
1,027 

$

$
$

2019
768 
(10)
293 
1,051 
848 

$

$
$

2018
909 
(251)
110 
768 
607 

We classify interest and penalties as an element of tax expense. We monitor changes in tax statutes and regulations to determine if significant changes
will occur over the next 12 months. As of December 31, 2020, no significant changes to UTB are projected; however, tax audit examinations are possible.
As of December 31, 2020, all income tax returns filed for the tax years 2017 - 2019 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The
Bank's income tax returns for the audit years, January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2018 are currently under audit by the New York Department of
Taxation. This audit has remained open as of December 31, 2020.

126

NOTE 22. TAX EFFECTS ON OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The following tables present the tax effects of the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
2020
Net change in unrealized gains on debt securities available-for sale
Net available-for-sale securities (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
Adjustment to funded status of employee benefit plans
Other Comprehensive Income

2019
Net change in unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale
Net available-for-sale securities (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
Adjustment to funded status of employee benefit plans
Other Comprehensive Income

2018
Net change in unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale 
Net available-for-sale securities (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
Adjustment to funded status of employee benefit plans
Other Comprehensive Loss

(1)

Pre-Tax
Amount

Tax (Expense)
Benefit

Net of Tax
Amount

$

$

$

$

$

$

22,683 
— 
3,549 
26,232 

15,793 
26 
(1,282)
14,537 

(6,794)
— 
6,297 
(497)

$

$

$

$

$

$

(4,827)
— 
(764)
(5,591)

(3,367)
(6)
273 
(3,100)

1,449 
— 
(1,343)
106 

$

$

$

$

$

$

17,856 
— 
2,785 
20,641 

12,426 
20 
(1,009)
11,437 

(5,345)
— 
4,954 
(391)

 Due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-01, net unrealized gains on marketable equity securities were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings during the

(1)
three months ended March 31, 2018.

127

NOTE 23. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

We maintain a qualified defined benefit pension plan, or Plan, covering substantially all employees hired prior to January 1, 2008. The benefits are
based on years of service and the employee’s compensation for the highest five consecutive years in the last ten years through March 31, 2016 when the
Plan was frozen. Contributions are intended to provide for benefits attributed to employee service to date and for those benefits expected to be earned in the
future.

Our qualified and nonqualified defined benefit plans were amended to freeze benefit accruals for all persons entitled to benefits under the plan in 2016.

We will continue recording pension expense related to these plans, primarily representing interest costs on the accumulated benefit obligation and
amortization of actuarial losses accumulated in the plan, as well as income from expected investment returns on pension assets. Since the plans have been
frozen, no service costs are included in net periodic pension expense. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is 3.45 percent.

The following table summarizes the activity in the benefit obligation and Plan assets deriving the funded status:

(dollars in thousands)
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

Interest cost
Actuarial gain/(loss)
Acquisitions - DNB merger
Benefits paid

Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year

Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Acquisitions - DNB merger
Benefits paid

Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year

Funded Status

The following table sets forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
Net actuarial loss

Total (Before Tax Effects)

128

2020

2019

113,679 
3,456 
10,525 
— 
(10,154)
117,506 

116,652 
15,731 
115 
— 
(10,154)
122,344 

4,838 

$

$

$

$

$

95,200 
3,987 
13,996 
6,778 
(6,282)
113,679 

101,765 
16,358 
— 
4,811 
(6,282)
116,652 

2,973 

$

$

$

$

$

2020
(19,572)

2019
(23,106)

$

(19,572)

$

(23,106)

Table of Contents

NOTE 23. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS -- continued

Below are the actuarial weighted average assumptions used in determining the benefit obligation:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

(1)

2020
2.48 %
- %

2019
3.25 %
— %

Rate of compensation increase is not applicable for 2020 and 2019 due to the amendment to freeze benefit accruals under the qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans effective

(1)
March 31, 2016.

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic pension cost and other changes in Plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in

other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31:

2020

2019

2018

(dollars in thousands)
Components of Net Periodic Pension Cost
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior service credit - DNB merger
Recognized net actuarial loss
Settlement charge

Net Periodic Pension Expense
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligation Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Net actuarial loss/(gain)
Recognized net actuarial loss
Settlement loss recognized
Recognized prior service credit

Total (Before Tax Effects)
Total Recognized in Net Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) (Before Tax Effects)

3,456 
(3,925)
— 
1,419 
833 
1,783 

(1,282)
(1,419)
(833)
— 
(3,534)
(1,751)

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

3,987 
(4,731)
7 
1,604 
— 
867 

2,370 
(1,604)
— 
— 
766 
1,633 

2019
4.31 %
— %
4.80 %

3,882 
(6,266)
— 
2,134 
— 
(250)

(3,271)
(2,134)
— 
— 
(5,405)
(5,655)

2018
3.75 %
— %
7.50 %

The following table summarizes the actuarial weighted average assumptions used in determining net periodic pension cost:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected return on assets

(1)

2020
3.25 %
- %
3.45 %

Rate of compensation increase is not applicable for 2020, 2019, and 2018 due to the amendment to freeze benefit accruals under the qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans

(1)
effective March 31, 2016.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Plan was $117.5 million at December 31, 2020 and $113.7 million at December 31, 2019.
We consider many factors when setting the assumed rate of return on Plan assets. As a general guideline the assumed rate of return is equal to the

weighted average of the expected returns for each asset category and is estimated based on historical returns as well as expected future returns. The
weighted average discount rate is derived from corporate yield curves.

S&T Bank’s Retirement Plan Committee determines the investment policy for the Plan. In general, the targeted asset allocation is 5 percent to 15
percent equities and alternatives and 85 percent to 95 percent fixed income. A strategic allocation within each asset class is based on the Plan’s duration,
time horizon, risk tolerances, performance expectations, and asset class preferences. Investment managers have discretion to invest in any equity or fixed-
income asset class, subject to the securities guidelines of the Plan’s Investment Policy Statement. At this time, S&T Bank is not required to make a cash
contribution to the Plan in 2021.

129

Table of Contents

NOTE 23. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS -- continued

The following table provides information regarding estimated future benefit payments to be paid in each of the next five years and in the aggregate for

the five years thereafter:

(dollars in thousands)

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 - 2030

$

Amount

8,200 
7,535 
7,364 
7,548 
7,020 
32,237 

We also have nonqualified supplemental executive pension plans, or SERPs, for certain key employees. The SERPs are unfunded. The projected
benefit obligations related to the SERPs were $5.6 million and $5.3 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019. These amounts also represent the net amount
recognized in the statement of financial position for the SERPs. Net periodic benefit costs for the SERPs were $0.7 million for the year ended December
31, 2020 and $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Additionally, $2.4 million before
tax was reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2020 and 2019 and $1.9 million at December 31, 2018, in relation to
the SERPs. Net periodic benefit cost of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 included a settlement charge of $0.2 million. The actuarial
assumptions used for the SERPs are the same as those used for the Plan.

We maintain a Thrift Plan, a qualified defined contribution plan, in which substantially all employees are eligible to participate. We make matching

contributions to the Thrift Plan up to 3.5 percent of participants’ eligible compensation and may make additional profit-sharing contributions as provided
by the Thrift Plan. Expense related to these contributions amounted to $2.4 million in 2020, $2.0 million in 2019 and $1.7 million in 2018.

Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present our Plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis by fair value hierarchy level at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 for items of a recurring basis. There were no
purchases or transfers of Level 3 plan assets in 2020 or 2019.

(dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
Fixed income
Equities:

(3)

(2)

Equity index mutual funds—international
Domestic individual equities

(5)

(4)

Total Assets at Fair Value

December 31, 2020
Fair Value Asset Classes

(1)

Level 1
1,563 
108,583 

3,332 
8,866 
122,344 

$

$

$

$

Level 2
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

$

$

Level 3
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

$

$

Total
1,563 
108,583 

3,332 
8,866 
122,344 

(1)

(2)

(3)

Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Fair Value Measurements for a description of levels within the fair value hierarchy.
This asset class includes FDIC insured money market instruments.
This asset class includes a variety of fixed income mutual funds which primarily invest in investment grade rated securities. Investment managers have discretion to invest in fixed income

related securities including futures, options and other derivatives. Investments may be made in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.
(4)

The sole investment within this asset class is the Vanguard Total International Stock Index Fund Admiral Shares.
This asset class includes individual domestic equities invested in an active all-cap strategy. It may also include convertible bonds.

(5)

130

Table of Contents

NOTE 23. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS -- continued

(dollars in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents
Fixed income
Equities:

(3)

(2)

Equity index mutual funds—international
Domestic individual equities

(5)

(4)

Total Assets at Fair Value

December 31, 2019
Fair Value Asset Classes

(1)

Level 1
1,831 
101,320 

3,066 
10,435 
116,652 

$

$

$

$

Level 2
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

$

$

Level 3
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

$

$

Total
1,831 
101,320 

3,066 
10,435 
116,652 

(1)

(2)

Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Fair Value Measurements for a description of levels within the fair value hierarchy.
This asset class includes FDIC insured money market instruments.
This asset class includes a variety of fixed income mutual funds which primarily invest in investment grade rated securities. Investment managers have discretion to invest in fixed income

(3)
related securities including futures, options and other derivatives. Investments may be made in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.
(4)

The sole investment within this asset class is Vanguard Total International Stock Index Fund Admiral Shares.
This asset class includes individual domestic equities invested in an active all-cap strategy. It may also include convertible bonds.

(5)

NOTE 24. INCENTIVE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We adopted an Incentive Stock Plan in 2014 that provides for cash performance awards and for granting incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock

options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and appreciation rights. A maximum of 750,000 shares of our common stock are available for awards
granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan and the plan expires ten years from the date of board approval. Previously granted but forfeited shares are added to
the shares available for issuance. As of December 31, 2020, 760,636 restricted shares have been granted of which 136,896 were forfeited shares for a total
of 623,740 restricted shares granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2020, no nonstatutory stock options were outstanding under the
2014 Stock Plan.

Restricted Stock

We periodically issue restricted stock to employees and directors pursuant to our 2014 Stock Plan. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, we granted 23,153,
11,231 and 9,264 restricted shares of common stock to outside directors under the 2014 Stock Plan. The grants are part of the compensation arrangement
approved by the Compensation and Benefits Committee whereby the directors receive compensation in the form of both cash and restricted shares of
common stock. These shares fully vest one year after the date of grant.

During 2020, 2019 and 2018, we granted 207,550, 73,651 and 66,733 restricted shares of common stock to senior management under our Long Term
Incentive Plan, or LTIP, within the 2014 Stock Plan. The restricted shares granted under the LTIP consist of both time and performance-based awards. The
awards were granted in accordance with performance levels set by the Compensation and Benefits Committee. Vesting for the time-based awards is 50
percent after two years and the remaining 50 percent at the end of the third year. The performance-based awards vest at the end of the three-year period.
During the vesting period, if the recipient leaves S&T before the end of the vesting period, shares will be forfeited except in the case of retirement,
disability or death where accelerated vesting provisions are defined within the awards agreement.

Included in the 2020 grant of 207,550 restricted shares were 83,669 shares of common stock to three Senior Executive Officers. On October 2, 2020,
The 2014 Incentive Stock Plan was modified in connection with the announcement that our Chief Executive Officer will retire on March 31, 2021. Upon
retirement, he will transition to an advisory service role for a three year period. According to the terms of the Letter Agreement, any unvested equity
awards held at retirement will vest according to the original terms during the consulting period and subject to the terms of Letter Agreement. Original
awards of 20,916 restricted shares were forfeited and new awards were granted and revalued. Compensation expense decreased $0.3 million as a result of
the modification agreement. Also in 2020, 62,753 restricted shares of common stock were granted to two other Senior Executive Officers with an increase
to compensation expense of $1.3 million. Pursuant to the restricted stock award agreements, these awards will vest 33 percent on October 12, 2021, 33
percent on October 12, 2022 and 34 percent on
October 12, 2023.

During 2020, 2019 and 2018, we recognized compensation expense of $0.7 million, $2.4 million and $1.9 million and realized a tax benefit of $0.2

million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million related to restricted stock grants.

131

Table of Contents

NOTE 24. INCENTIVE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN -- continued

    The following table provides information about restricted stock granted under the 2014 Stock Plan for the years ended December 31:

Non-vested at December 31, 2018

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Non-vested at December 31, 2019

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Non-vested at December 31, 2020

Restricted
Stock
206,395 
84,882 
76,014 
33,228 
182,035 
230,703 
77,317 
58,741 
276,680 

$

Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
30.70 
38.67 
30.75 
32.50 
34.06 
23.43 
37.39 
32.77 
24.54 

$

$

As of December 31, 2020, there was $4.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock that will be recognized as

compensation expense over a weighted average period of 2.16 years.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

We also sponsor a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, or Dividend Plan, where shareholders may purchase shares of S&T common stock
at the average fair value with reinvested dividends and voluntary cash contributions. The plan administrator and transfer agent may purchase shares directly
from us from shares held in treasury or purchase shares in the open market to fulfill the Dividend Plan’s needs.

132

NOTE 25. PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following condensed financial statements summarize the financial position of S&T Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the

results of its operations and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
Cash
Investments in:

Bank subsidiary
Non-bank subsidiaries

Other assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES
Long-term debt
Other liabilities
Total Liabilities
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

STATEMENTS OF NET INCOME

(dollars in thousands)
Dividends from subsidiaries
Investment income
Total Income
Interest expense on long-term debt
Other expenses
Total Expense
Income before income tax and undistributed net income of subsidiaries
Income tax benefit
Income before undistributed net income of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed net income (distribution in excess of net income) of:

Bank subsidiary
Non-bank subsidiaries

Net Income

133

December 31,
2020

2019

6,585 

$

7,509 

1,168,831 
10,493 
8,614 
1,194,523 

39,317 
495 
39,812 
1,154,711 
1,194,523 

$

$

$

1,198,964 
16,393 
9,741 
1,232,607 

39,277 
1,332 
40,609 
1,191,998 
1,232,607 

$

$

$

$

Years ended December 31,

2020
59,315 
— 
59,315 
1,696 
4,464 
6,160 
53,155 
(1,315)
54,470 

(27,529)
(5,901)
21,040 

$

$

$

$

2019
59,490 
1 
59,491 
1,285 
4,325 
5,610 
53,881 
(1,189)
55,070 

42,683 
481 
98,234 

$

$

2018
44,988 
24 
45,012 
1,149 
3,988 
5,137 
39,875 
(1,093)
40,968 

68,385 
(4,019)
105,334 

Table of Contents

NOTE 25. PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- continued

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income

Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses of subsidiaries
Other

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Net investments in subsidiaries
Acquisitions

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Sale of treasury shares, net
Purchase of treasury shares
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders
Payment to repurchase of warrant
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Net decrease in cash
Cash at beginning of year
Cash at End of Year

NOTE 26. REGULATORY MATTERS

Years ended December 31,

2020

21,040 
33,430 
1,708 
56,178 

— 
— 
— 

(594)
(12,559)
(43,949)
— 
(57,102)
(924)
7,509 
6,585 

$

$

2019

2018

98,234 
(43,164)
(99)
54,971 

176 
(10)
166 

(915)
(18,222)
(37,360)
— 
(56,497)
(1,360)
8,869 
7,509 

$

$

105,334 
(64,366)
1,695 
42,663 

— 
— 
— 

(657)
(12,256)
(34,539)
(7,652)
(55,104)
(12,441)
21,310 
8,869 

$

$

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum capital
requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material
effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Under capital guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet
specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about risk weightings and other
factors.

The most recent notifications from the Federal Reserve and the FDIC categorized S&T and S&T Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory

framework for corrective action. There have been no conditions or events that we believe have changed S&T's or S&T Bank’s status during 2020 and 2019.

Common equity tier 1 capital includes common stock and related surplus plus retained earnings, less goodwill and intangible assets subject to a

limitation and certain deferred tax assets subject to a limitation. In addition, we made a one-time permanent election to exclude accumulated other
comprehensive income from capital. For regulatory purposes, trust preferred securities totaling $29.0 million, issued by an unconsolidated trust subsidiary
of S&T underlying junior subordinated debt, are included in Tier 1 capital for S&T. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus junior subordinated debt and
the ACL subject to limitation. We currently have $32.8 million in junior subordinated debt which is included in Tier 2 capital for S&T in accordance with
current regulatory reporting requirements.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require us to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total, Tier 1 and
Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital to average assets. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we met all capital adequacy
requirements to which we are subject.

134

Table of Contents

NOTE 26. REGULATORY MATTERS -- continued

The following table summarizes risk-based capital amounts and ratios for S&T and S&T Bank:

(dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2020
Leverage Ratio

S&T
S&T Bank

Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

As of December 31, 2019
Leverage Ratio

S&T
S&T Bank

Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

S&T
S&T Bank

Actual

Minimum
Regulatory Capital
Requirements

To be
Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

$

$

825,515 
810,636 

796,515 
810,636 

825,515 
810,636 

944,686 
922,007 

854,146 
832,113 

825,146 
832,113 

854,146 
832,113 

954,094 
922,310 

350,311 
349,739 

316,338 
315,792 

421,784 
421,056 

562,379 
561,408 

331,925 
331,355 

324,745 
324,048 

432,994 
432,064 

577,325 
576,085 

9.43 %
9.27 %

$

11.33 %
11.55 %

11.74 %
11.55 %

13.44 %
13.14 %

10.29 %
10.04 %

$

11.43 %
11.56 %

11.84 %
11.56 %

13.22 %
12.81 %

135

$

$

4.00 %
4.00 %

4.50 %
4.50 %

6.00 %
6.00 %

8.00 %
8.00 %

4.00 %
4.00 %

4.50 %
4.50 %

6.00 %
6.00 %

8.00 %
8.00 %

437,889 
437,174 

456,933 
456,144 

562,379 
561,408 

702,974 
701,760 

414,907 
414,194 

469,077 
468,069 

577,325 
576,085 

721,656 
720,106 

5.00 %
5.00 %

6.50 %
6.50 %

8.00 %
8.00 %

10.00 %
10.00 %

5.00 %
5.00 %

6.50 %
6.50 %

8.00 %
8.00 %

10.00 %
10.00 %

NOTE 27. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected financial data for the most recent eight quarters.

(dollars in thousands, except per
share data) (unaudited)
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision for credit losses
Net Interest Income After Provision For Credit
Losses
Security gains (losses), net
Noninterest income
Noninterest expense
Income Before Taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net Income

Per Share Data
Common earnings per share—diluted
Dividends declared per common share
Common book value

2020

2019

Fourth
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Second
Quarter

First
Quarter

Fourth
 (1)

Quarter

Third
Quarter

Second
Quarter

First
Quarter

$

$

$

75,548 
5,620 
7,130 

62,798 
— 
15,609 
48,529 
29,878 
5,702 
24,176 

0.62 
0.28 
29.38 

$

$

$

76,848 
7,572 
17,485 

51,791 
— 
16,483 
48,246 
20,028 
3,323 
16,705 

0.43 
0.28 
29.10 

$

$

$

80,479 
10,331 
86,759 

(16,611)
142 
15,082 
43,478 
(44,865)
(11,793)
(33,072)

(0.85)
0.28 
28.93 

$

$

$

87,589 
17,553 
20,050 

49,986 
— 
12,403 
46,391 
15,998 
2,767 
13,231 

0.34 
0.28 
30.06 

$

$

$

$

$

$

82,457 
18,045 
2,105 

62,307 
(26)
15,257 
50,178 
27,360 
5,091 
22,269 

0.62 
0.28 
30.13 

79,813 
18,617 
4,913 

56,283 
— 
13,063 
37,667 
31,679 
4,743 
26,936 

0.79 
0.27 
28.69 

$

$

$

$

$

$

79,624 
18,797 
2,205 

58,622 
— 
12,901 
40,352 
31,171 
5,070 
26,101 

0.76 
0.27 
28.11 

78,590 
18,234 
5,649 

54,707 
— 
11,363 
38,919 
27,151 
4,222 
22,929 

0.66 
0.27 
27.47 

(1) 

The DNB Merger is included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on December 1, 2019.

NOTE 28. SALE OF A MAJORITY INTEREST OF INSURANCE BUSINESS

On November 9, 2017, we entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell a 70 percent ownership interest in the assets of our subsidiary, S&T
Evergreen Insurance, LLC. The partial sale was accounted for as the sale of a business. At the date of the sale, January 1, 2018, we ceased to have a
controlling financial interest, deconsolidated the subsidiary and recognized a gain of $1.9 million. We transferred our remaining 30 percent share of net
assets from S&T Evergreen Insurance, LLC to a new entity for a 30 percent partnership interest in a new insurance entity. We use the equity method of
accounting to recognize changes in the value of our investment in the new insurance entity for our proportional share of income and losses of the new
insurance entity.

136

NOTE 29. SHARE REPURCHASE PLAN

On March 19, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a $50 million share repurchase plan. This repurchase authorization, which was effective through

August 31, 2019, permitted us to repurchase from time to time up to $50 million in aggregate value of shares of our common stock through a combination
of open market and privately negotiated repurchases. As of December 31, 2018, we repurchased 321,731 common shares at a total cost of $12.3 million, or
an average of $38.10 per share. In 2019, we repurchased 470,708 common shares at a total cost of $18.2 million, or an average of $38.71 per share. Under
the March 19, 2018 plan, we repurchased 792,439 common shares at a total cost of $30.5 million, or an average of $38.46 per share.

On September 16, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized a new $50 million share repurchase plan. This repurchase authorization, which is effective

through March 31, 2021, permits S&T to repurchase from time to time up to $50 million in aggregate value of shares of S&T's common stock through a
combination of open market and privately negotiated repurchases. No common shares were repurchased under the new repurchase plan as of December 31,
2019. As of December 31, 2020, we repurchased 411,430 common shares at a total cost of $12.6 million, or an average of $30.52 per share under the
September 16, 2019 plan. Repurchase activity was suspended in March of 2020 due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The specific timing, price and quantity of repurchases will be at our discretion and will depend on a variety of factors, including general market
conditions, the trading price of common stock, legal and contractual requirements, applicable securities laws and S&T's financial performance. The
repurchase plan does not obligate us to repurchase any particular number of shares.

137

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of S&T Bancorp, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  S&T  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  Company)  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  related
consolidated  statements  of  net  income,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in  shareholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period
ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes, collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the consolidated financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company's
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 26, 2021 expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Notes 1 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for credit losses in 2020. As
explained below, auditing the Company’s allowance for credit losses was a critical audit matter.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or
required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions
on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

138

               Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”)

Description of the
Matter

How We Addressed the
Matter in Our Audit

On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (ASC 326): Measurement of
Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments,  which  resulted  in  an  increase  to  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  (ACL)  from  retained
earnings of $22.6 million. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s gross portfolio of loans was $7.2 billion with an associated
ACL  of  $117.6  million.  As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  ACL  is  an  estimate  of  expected
credit  losses,  measured  over  the  contractual  life  of  a  loan,  that  considers  historical  loss  experience,  current  conditions  and
forecasts of future economic conditions. The methodology for determining the ACL has two main components: evaluation of
expected  credit  losses  for  certain  groups  of  homogeneous  loans  that  share  similar  risk  characteristics  and  an  individual
assessment of loans that do not share risk characteristics with other loans to determine if a specific reserve or a charge-off is
appropriate.

The ACL for homogeneous loans is calculated using a life-time loss rate methodology with both a quantitative and a qualitative
analysis that is applied on a quarterly basis. Management applies qualitative adjustments to reflect the current conditions and
reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts  not  already  reflected  in  the  historical  loss  information  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  The
reasonable and supportable forecast adjustment is based on forecasted unemployment. The qualitative adjustments for current
conditions  are  based  upon  value  of  underlying  collateral  for  collateral  dependent  loans  and  the  existence  of  and  changes  in
concentrations for the commercial loan portfolios.

Auditing  the  ACL  involves  a  high  degree  of  subjectivity  due  to  the  qualitative  adjustments.  Management’s  identification  and
measurement of the qualitative adjustments is highly judgmental and could have a significant effect on the ACL.
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s controls over the
ACL  process,  which  include,  among  others,  management’s  review  and  approval  controls  designed  to  assess  the  need  for  and
level of qualitative adjustments and the reliability of the data utilized to support management’s assessment.
To test the qualitative adjustments, we evaluated the appropriateness of management’s methodology and assessed the basis for
the  adjustments  and  whether  all  relevant  risks  were  reflected  in  the  ACL.  Regarding  the  measurement  of  the  qualitative
adjustments,  we  evaluated  the  completeness,  accuracy  and  relevance  of  the  underlying  internal  and  external  data  utilized  in
management’s  estimate  and  considered  the  existence  of  additional  or  contrary  information.  We  evaluated  the  overall  ACL,
inclusive of the qualitative adjustments, and whether the amount appropriately reflects a reasonable estimate of lifetime losses
by comparing the overall ACL to historical losses and ACL reserves established by peer banking institutions.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditors since 2018.

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 26, 2021

139

          
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of S&T Bancorp, Inc.,

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited S&T Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control –
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our
opinion, S&T Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,
based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated
balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income, changes in
shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes and our report dated February
26, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 26, 2021

140

141

Item 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None

142

Item 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of S&T’s Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and Chief Financial Officer, or CFO (its principal

executive officer and principal financial officer), management has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of S&T’s disclosure controls and
procedures as of December 31, 2020. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or

submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to S&T’s
management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based on and as of the date of such evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures

were effective in all material respects, as of the end of the period covered by this Report.

b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange

Act Rule 13a-15(f). Management assessed S&T’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, in relation to criteria for
effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013),” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2020, S&T’s
system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the “Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013).”

Management assessed the effectiveness of S&T's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, in relation to criteria for effective
internal control over financial reporting as described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, S&T's internal controls
over financial reporting were effective. Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has issued a report on the effectiveness of
S&T’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, which is included herein.

c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No changes were made to S&T’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the last fiscal

quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, S&T’s internal control over financial reporting.

143

Item 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable

144

PART III

Item 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Part III, Item 10 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Beneficial Ownership of S&T Common

Stock by Directors and Officers -- Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports”, “Proposal 1 -- Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers of the Registrant,”
“Corporate Governance --Audit Committee,” "Corporate Governance - Director Qualifications and Nominations: Board Diversity" and “Corporate
Governance --Code of Conduct and Ethics” in our proxy statement relating to our May 17, 2021 annual meeting of shareholders.

Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Part III, Item 11 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,”

“Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Corporate Governance -- Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,”
“Corporate Governance - The S&T Board’s Role in Risk Oversight” and “Compensation and Benefits Committee Report” in our proxy statement relating
to our May 17, 2021 annual meeting of shareholders.

Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS

Except as set forth below, the information required by Part III, Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Beneficial
Owners of S&T Common Stock” and “Beneficial Ownership of S&T Common Stock by Directors and Officers” in our proxy statement relating to our May
17, 2021 annual meeting of shareholders.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2020 related to the equity compensation plans in effect at that time.

Plan category
Equity compensation plan approved by shareholders
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
Total

(1)

(a)

(b)

(c)

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants and
rights
101,306 
— 
101,306 

(2)

Weighted average exercise price
of outstanding options, warrants
and rights

$

— 
— 

Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plan
(excluding securities reflected in
column (a))
126,260 
— 
126,260 

(1)

(2) 

Awards granted under the 2014 Incentive Stock Plan.
Represents performance shares that can be earned under the 2014 Stock Plan with no associated exercise price.

Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Part III, Item 13 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Related Person Transactions” and

“Corporate Governance -- Director Independence” in our proxy statement relating to our May 17, 2021 annual meeting of shareholders.

Item 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Part III, Item 14 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the section entitled “Proposal 2: Ratification of the Selection of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Fiscal Year 2021” in our proxy statement relating to our May 17, 2021 annual meeting of shareholders.

145

Item 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report.

PART IV

Consolidated Financial Statements: The following Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. No financial
statement schedules are being filed because the required information is inapplicable or is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related
notes.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Net Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on Consolidated Financial Statements

146

70

71

72

73

74

76

140

138

(b)    Exhibits
2.1

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

— 

4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 29, 2014, between S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Integrity Bancshares, Inc. Filed
as Exhibit 2.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 30, 2014, and incorporated herein by
reference.

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 5, 2019, by and between DNB Financial Corporation and S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as
Exhibit 2.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference.

Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit B to Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 2-83565) of S&T
Bancorp, Inc., dated May 5, 1983, and incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 33-
02600) of S&T Bancorp, Inc. dated January 15, 1986, and incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. effective May 8, 1989 Filed as Exhibit 3.3 to S&T Bancorp, Inc.
Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. effective July 21, 1995. Filed as Exhibit 3.4 to S&T Bancorp, Inc.
Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. effective June 18, 1998. Filed as Exhibit 3.5 to S&T Bancorp,
Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. effective April 21, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to S&T Bancorp,
Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.

Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form
8-K filed on January 15, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated By-laws of S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on December 23, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has certain long-term debt but has not filed the instruments evidencing such debt as Exhibit 4 as none of such
instruments authorize the issuance of debt exceeding 10 percent of the Companies total consolidated assets. The Company
agrees to furnish a copy of each such agreement to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Description of Securities. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31,
2019, and incorporated herein by reference

S&T Bancorp, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock Plan. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-111557) of
S&T Bancorp, Inc. dated December 24, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.*

S&T Bancorp, Inc. Thrift Plan for Employees of S&T Bank, as amended and restated. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8
Registration Statement (No. 333-156541) of S&T Bancorp, Inc. dated December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by
reference.*

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan of S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-3D Registration
Statement (No. 333-156555) of S&T Bancorp, Inc. dated January 2, 2009 (included within the prospectus contained therein), and
incorporated herein by reference.

Severance Agreement, by and between Todd D. Brice and S&T Bancorp, Inc. dated April 7, 2015. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to S&T
Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 10, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.*

Letter Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2020, by and between S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Todd D. Brice. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference.*

147

 
(b)    Exhibits

— 

— 

— 

— 

10.10

10.11

10.12

21

23.1

31.1

31.2

32

101.INS

101.SCH

101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

101.PRE

Confidentiality, Trade Secrets, Non-Solicitation and Severance Agreement, dated October 14, 2020, by and between David G.
Antolik and S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16,
2020, and incorporated herein by reference.*

Restricted Stock Award Agreement David G. Antolik, dated October 12, 2020. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc.
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference.*

Confidentiality, Trade Secrets, Non-Solicitation and Severance Agreement, dated October 14, 2020, by and between Mark
Kochvar and S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16,
2020.

Restricted Stock Award Agreement Mark Kochvar, dated October 12, 2020. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference.*

S&T Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.9 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference. *

Severance and General Release Agreement, dated August 4, 2020, by and between David P. Ruddock and S&T Bancorp, Inc.,
S&T Bank and any of their subsidiaries or affiliated business. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference *

Confidentiality, Trade Secrets, Non-Solicitation and Severance Agreement, dated November 2, 2020, by and between Ernest J.
Draganza and S&T Bancorp, Inc., S&T Bank and their subsidiaries and affiliated companies. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to S&T
Bancorp, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference.*

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, S&T Bancorp, Inc.'s Current Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer.

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer.

Rule 13a-14(b) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer.

XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are
embedded within the Inline XBRL document

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

104 

Cover Page Interactive Data File ((formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibits 101))

*Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement

148

 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

S&T BANCORP, INC.
(Registrant)

/s/ Todd D. Brice
Todd D. Brice
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Mark Kochvar
Mark Kochvar
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

2/26/2021
Date    

2/26/2021
Date    

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE

TITLE

DATE

/s/ Todd D. Brice
Todd D. Brice

/s/ Mark Kochvar
Mark Kochvar

/s/ Melanie Lazzari
Melanie Lazzari

/s/ David G. Antolik
David G. Antolik

/s/ Christine J. Toretti
Christine J. Toretti

Lewis W. Adkins Jr.

/s/ Peter R. Barsz
Peter R. Barsz

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

2/26/2021

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer)

Executive Vice President, Controller

President and Director

Chair of the Board and Director

Director

Director

149

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

SIGNATURE

/s/ Christina A. Cassotis
Christina A. Cassotis

/s/ Michael J. Donnelly
Michael J. Donnelly

/s/ James T. Gibson
James T. Gibson

/s/ Jeffrey D. Grube
Jeffrey D. Grube

/s/ William J. Hieb
William J. Hieb

Jerry D. Hostetter

/s/ Robert E. Kane
Robert E. Kane

James C. Miller

/s/ Frank J. Palermo, Jr.
Frank J. Palermo, Jr.

/s/ Steven J. Weingarten
Steven J. Weingarten

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

150

TITLE

DATE

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

2/26/2021

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

S&T Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, is a financial holding company. The table below sets forth all of our subsidiaries, except certain

inactive subsidiaries, as to state or jurisdiction of organization. 

Exhibit 21

Subsidiary

S&T Bank

9th Street Holdings, Inc.

S&T Bancholdings, Inc.

S&T Insurance Group, LLC

S&T Professional Resources Group, LLC

S&T-Evergreen Insurance, LLC (sold 1/1/2018)

S&T Settlement Services, LLC

Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC

STBA Capital Trust I

Commonwealth Trust Credit Life Insurance Company

DNB Capital Trust I

DNB Capital Trust II

DNB Financial Services, Inc.

Downco, Inc.

DN Acquisition Company, Inc.

State or Jurisdiction of Organization

Pennsylvania

Delaware

Delaware

Pennsylvania

Pennsylvania

Pennsylvania

Pennsylvania

Pennsylvania

Delaware

Arizona

Delaware

Delaware

Pennsylvania

Pennsylvania

Pennsylvania

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:   

1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-226488) of S&T Bancorp, Inc. pertaining to the automatic shelf registration filed August 1, 2018,
2) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-156555) of S&T Bancorp, Inc. pertaining to the Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan,
3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-194083) of S&T Bancorp, Inc. pertaining to the 2014 Incentive Plan, and
4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-156541) of S&T Bancorp, Inc. pertaining to the Thrift Plan for Employees of S&T Bank;

of our reports dated February 26, 2021 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of S&T Bancorp, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting of S&T Bancorp, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of S&T Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 26, 2021

        
Certification of Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Todd D. Brice, certify that:

    1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of S&T Bancorp, Inc.;

Exhibit 31.1

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report), that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: February 26, 2021

/s/ Todd D. Brice
Todd D. Brice, Chief Executive Officer

Certification of Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Mark Kochvar, certify that:

Exhibit 31.2

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of S&T Bancorp, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report), that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: February 26, 2021

/s/ Mark Kochvar
Mark Kochvar, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 906

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in connection with the S&T Bancorp, Inc. (the
“Company”) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date
hereof (the “Report”), I, Todd D. Brice, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and I, Mark Kochvar, Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company for the dates and period covered by the report.

This certificate is being made for the exclusive purpose of compliance by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company with the
requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and may not be disclosed, distributed or used by any person or for any reason other than as
specifically required by law.

Date: February 26, 2021

/s/ Todd D. Brice
Todd D. Brice,
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Mark Kochvar
Mark Kochvar,
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer